Attached files

file filename
EX-10.14 - EX-10.14 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex1014.htm
EX-23.1 - EX-23.1 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex231.htm
EX-21.1 - EX-21.1 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex211.htm
EX-16.1 - EX-16.1 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex161.htm
EX-10.19 - EX-10.19 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex1019.htm
EX-10.18 - EX-10.18 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex1018.htm
EX-10.17 - EX-10.17 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex1017.htm
EX-10.16 - EX-10.16 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex1016.htm
EX-10.15 - EX-10.15 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex1015.htm
EX-10.13 - EX-10.13 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex1013.htm
EX-10.12 - EX-10.12 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex1012.htm
EX-10.11 - EX-10.11 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex1011.htm
EX-10.10 - EX-10.10 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex1010.htm
EX-10.9 - EX-10.9 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex109.htm
EX-10.8 - EX-10.8 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex108.htm
EX-10.7 - EX-10.7 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex107.htm
EX-10.6 - EX-10.6 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex106.htm
EX-10.5 - EX-10.5 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex105.htm
EX-10.4 - EX-10.4 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex104.htm
EX-10.3 - EX-10.3 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex103.htm
EX-10.2 - EX-10.2 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex102.htm
EX-10.1 - EX-10.1 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex101.htm
EX-5.1 - EX-5.1 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex51.htm
EX-4.2 - EX-4.2 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex42.htm
EX-3.2 - EX-3.2 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex32.htm
EX-3.1.1 - EX-3.1.1 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex311.htm
EX-3.1 - EX-3.1 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex31.htm
EX-1.1 - EX-1.1 - WatchGuard, Inc.d422833dex11.htm
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 19, 2017.

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

WatchGuard, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3663   11-3717781

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

415 Century Parkway

Allen, Texas 75013

(972) 423-9777

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Robert Vanman, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Stephen O. Coffman, President and Chief Operating Officer

WatchGuard, Inc.

415 Century Parkway

Allen, Texas 75013

(972) 423-9777

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Gregory R. Samuel

Rosebud Manning Nau

Haynes and Boone, LLP

2323 Victory Avenue, Suite 700

Dallas, Texas 75219

(214) 651-5000

 

Colin J. Diamond

White & Case LLP

1221 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

(212) 819-8200

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement is declared effective.


Table of Contents

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer        Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company  
       Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $75,000,000   $9,337.50

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase, if any.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated October 19, 2017

PROSPECTUS

 

 

             Shares

 

LOGO

WatchGuard, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of WatchGuard, Inc. We are offering              shares of our common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering              shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. No public market currently exists for our common stock.

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “WGRD”.

We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $            and $            per share.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for purposes of this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 of this prospectus.

 

     Per share      Total  

Price to the public

   $                   $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $      $  

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

   $      $  

Proceeds to the selling stockholders (before expenses)

   $      $  

 

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the option to purchase              additional shares of common stock on the same terms and conditions set forth above.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities nor passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about                 , 2017.

 

 

 

Barclays    SunTrust Robinson Humphrey

 

 

 

Oppenheimer & Co.    Cowen

Prospectus dated                     , 2017


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     14  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     32  

CORPORATE CONVERSION

     33  

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

     35  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     36  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     37  

CAPITALIZATION

     38  

DILUTION

     39  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     41  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     45  

BUSINESS

     62  

MANAGEMENT

     81  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     87  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     97  

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     98  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     100  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     104  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

     106  

UNDERWRITING

     109  

LEGAL MATTERS

     116  

EXPERTS

     116  

CHANGE IN AUDITORS

     116  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     116  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters do not take responsibility for, and provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any such jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions about this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to those jurisdictions.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary contains selected information about us and about this offering. It does not contain all of the information that is important to you and your investment decision. Before you make an investment decision, you should review this prospectus in its entirety, including matters set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain statements in the following summary constitute forward-looking statements. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references to the “Company,” “WatchGuard,” “we,” “us,” and “our” are to Enforcement Video, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries for all periods prior to the Corporate Conversion discussed below and to WatchGuard, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries for all periods following the Corporate Conversion.

Overview

We are the leading provider of mobile video solutions for law enforcement. Our products include in-car video systems, body-worn cameras and evidence management software. Our high-performance video solutions capture an accurate and unbiased view of officer interactions with the public. Our solutions increase transparency and accountability, improve trust between law enforcement agencies and the communities they serve, reduce agency liability and advance the judicial process. We have supplied our products to approximately one-third of all law enforcement agencies in the United States and Canada, including five of the 15 largest law enforcement agencies.

Video evidence has become an increasingly integral part of effective law enforcement and the justice system. Such evidence can simplify and strengthen the legal process by reducing reliance on eyewitness testimony and bystander video, both of which are often incomplete and open to question. Bystander video is frequently recorded from a distance, captures only one vantage point and in many cases, provides a partial account of a longer, more complex sequence of events. The presence of a law enforcement video system helps ensure that the “whole picture” of an incident is available. In recent years, high profile incidents, such as those in Ferguson, Missouri, Baton Rouge, Louisiana, and Falcon Heights and Minneapolis, Minnesota, have further increased awareness and demand for video evidence solutions.

Our history of innovation positions us at the forefront of fulfilling the video evidence needs of modern law enforcement. Since 2005, we have pioneered purpose-built products that transform the way law enforcement captures, manages, stores and shares video evidence. As the innovation leader in the industry, we developed the first direct-to-DVD in-car video system, the first high definition in-car video system and Record-After-the-Fact®, the first technology that enables recovery of video evidence even if an officer fails to initiate recording. Our long track record of innovation led to the development of the first integrated and synchronized in-car video and body-worn camera solution. Our latest generation of products include our 4RE® HD in-car cameras, VISTA® WiFi body-worn cameras, our Evidence Library™ evidence management platform and EvidenceLibrary.com™, our upcoming cloud-based platform delivered as Software-as-a-Service, or SaaS.

Historically, our primary target market has been federal, state and local law enforcement agencies in the United States and Canada. According to a 2016 U.S. Department of Justice agency report, law enforcement in the United States is made up of approximately 18,000 federal, state, county and local agencies. Based on studies published by the U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics in 2008, such agencies are staffed by over 900,000 sworn officers. According to a report published by the International Data Corporation, or IDC, in September 2017 titled “Worldwide Body-Worn and In-Car Video Camera Forecast Model,” the North American market for mobile video evidence management solutions is estimated to be $0.7 billion in 2016 and is expected to grow to $1.2 billion in 2021, representing a five-year CAGR of 11%. Since shipping our first in-car video product in 2005, we

 

1


Table of Contents

have sold over 84,500 in-car video systems. Recently, we have been increasingly focused on opportunities in the body-worn camera market. We launched our VISTA body-worn camera in 2015 and to date have sold over 31,000 VISTA cameras across North America. We believe that we have a significant opportunity to capture market share as more law enforcement agencies seek to improve service and transparency through the adoption of body-worn cameras.

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, our net revenues were $58.2 million and $77.1 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 32.4%. This growth was supported by sales of 9,284 in-car video systems and 6,389 body-worn cameras in 2015 and 10,720 in-car video systems and 12,643 body-worn cameras in 2016, representing year-over-year growth of 15.5% for in-car video systems and 97.9% for body-worn cameras. Our net income for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 was $8.3 million and $9.0 million, respectively, and our pro forma net income (after provision for income taxes) for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $6.4 million. Our adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 was $9.2 million and $10.7 million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Net income is the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. See “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income to adjusted EBITDA.

Our Solution

We provide a comprehensive video evidence management solution for law enforcement. Our best-in-class integrated hardware and software solutions serve our law enforcement customers’ end-to-end video evidence management needs, enabling them to easily and securely capture, manage, store and share high-quality video evidence.

 

   

Capture: Our integrated and synchronized platform enables our in-car and body-worn cameras to intelligently collaborate to simultaneously capture an incident from up to 14 vantage points, ensuring that the “whole picture” is available for review and analysis. When any camera in the system initiates a recording, the other cameras automatically sense the change in status and may begin recording based upon a configuration of pre-set evaluation criteria. Our rugged in-car and body-worn cameras are purpose-built with simple and intuitive controls and include ultra-wide dynamic range, high definition camera technology to produce superior image quality, as well as Record-After-the-Fact technology that continuously captures video in the background to ensure video of critical incidents will not be lost if an officer fails to activate recording while responding to an incident.

 

   

Manage: Our video evidence management solution allows video evidence to be transferred seamlessly from our devices to our video evidence management platform. Events can be categorized using agency-determined designations on the camera in the field or upon returning to the station on a computer installed with our evidence management software. Video evidence can later be easily searched, reviewed and shared. Our devices incorporate automatic features, including wireless uploading and event-linking, which reduce the administrative burden on officers and enhance the evidentiary production and review process. Our fully synchronized playback technology allows multiple, linked recordings of an incident to be reviewed simultaneously.

 

   

Store: Our storage solutions allow agencies the flexibility to store captured events on-premise, in the cloud, or both, reflecting our commitment to providing our customers with end-to-end solutions best suited to their particular needs. On average, only a small fraction of captured video evidence is ever requested for review, and such requests are usually made within the first 10 days following an event. Without a plan to actively manage video evidence, the vast majority of an agency’s inactive video evidence could be held on its most expensive storage devices. Our automated multi-tier storage capability within Evidence Library 4 Web intelligently migrates video evidence to the most efficient storage device based on cost, policy and use. The system matches video evidence retention requirements

 

2


Table of Contents
 

to the event category the officer has assigned to each recorded event. Using rules set by the agency, all events within a category migrate from one tier of storage to another before being purged or moved into long-term archival storage.

 

   

Share: Our CLOUD-SHARE solution enables customers to share evidence with attorneys or any other authorized third party in seconds in the cloud from Microsoft Azure Government Cloud data centers, which are compliant with the security requirements of the Criminal Justice Information Services Division of the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation, or CJIS, in most states. CLOUD-SHARE can also generate time-expiring links to video recordings or case files. Freedom of Information Act, or FOIA, requests have become increasingly common and often require personally identifiable information to be redacted in order to mitigate potential privacy concerns. Our easy-to-use, high-performing video and audio redaction software, REDACTIVE, helps ensure proper and timely compliance with FOIA requests by utilizing sophisticated automated face detection technology to revolutionize a traditionally manual, time-consuming task.

Our Strengths

 

   

Our Integrated and Synchronized In-Car Video and Body-Worn Camera Solution. Our “ground-up” approach to product design and our commitment to investing in research and development enabled us to develop the first integrated and synchronized in-car video and body-worn camera solution in the law enforcement market. Our system is equipped with numerous features that set us apart from our competitors, including Record-After-the-Fact technology, multiple-resolution recording and ultra-wide dynamic range camera technology.

 

   

Premium Brand Trusted by Law Enforcement. Our high-performance products are purpose-built to withstand the harsh realities of law enforcement in the field, which has helped establish our reputation as a market-leading, premium brand and serves as a competitive differentiator. Our products are trusted by some of the largest and most influential law enforcement agencies in the United States and Canada, including the California Highway Patrol, Detroit Police Department, Pennsylvania State Police, Royal Canadian Mounted Police and Texas Department of Public Safety.

 

   

Long-Standing Relationships with Significant Installed Base of In-Car Video Customers. We have deep and long-standing relationships with many of our customers, including an average of approximately eight years with our 10 largest. We have sold over 84,500 in-car video systems since we shipped our first product in 2005, and our long-term customers include five of the 15 largest law enforcement agencies in the United States and Canada. Our in-region, high-touch sales model offers us regular interaction with key decision-makers at our existing and prospective customers. These relationships are further enhanced by our 24-hour-a-day, seven-day-a-week customer support help desk.

 

   

Dedication to Innovation and Growing Our Intellectual Property Portfolio. We were the first to introduce numerous innovative solutions such as our direct-to-DVD in-car video system, high definition in-car video system and Record-After-the-Fact technology and currently hold 16 issued and 15 pending U.S. patents. Our custom design and development approach enables our engineers to create differentiated, innovative, high-performance and feature-rich products, which distinguishes us from many of our industry peers who rely upon basic reference designs supplied by major chip vendors.

 

   

Experienced Management Team and Strong Company Culture. Members of our management team have more than 12 years of industry experience on average, and bring deep and diverse skill sets that have contributed to our success to date. We believe our strong management team and purpose-driven culture are strategic differentiators when hiring and retaining talent.

 

3


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategies

 

   

Leverage Our Leading Position in the In-Car Video Market to Sell Our Body-Worn Cameras. We have sold our 4RE in-car video solution to approximately 4,000 law enforcement agencies. We believe that as our in-car customers adopt body-worn cameras, they will select us as their body-worn camera vendor due to the strength of our product offering and their preference for a single integrated solution. If every existing 4RE customer purchased a VISTA body-worn camera for each of its officers, we estimate the hardware revenue from this cross-selling opportunity to be approximately $190 million over the next three years, exclusive of software, storage and hosting revenue. Based on our experience, we believe that very few existing 4RE customers currently use body-worn cameras from other manufacturers, and although certain 4RE customers have previously purchased our VISTA body-worn cameras, we expect that such customers, as well as any 4RE customers that have purchased another manufacturer’s product, will purchase replacement products within three years.

 

   

Expand Our Leading Position in the United States and Canada In-Car Market. Our dedicated in-region, direct sales force maintains strong relationships with key decision-makers at our existing and prospective customers. Our sales force continuously focuses on high-touch, in-field and frequent marketing opportunities in order to showcase our solutions to law enforcement agencies. We also routinely host and participate in a variety of trade shows, leadership seminars, focus groups, workshops and other industry events. Our deep customer relationships provide us with significant insight into a breadth of potential sales opportunities, which we can leverage to expand our market share.

 

   

Continue to Introduce Innovative Solutions and Expand Our Product Capabilities. We are focused on continuous product innovation and leadership to stay at the forefront of our industry and we regularly deploy software updates to our customers to further enhance the capabilities of our products in the field. We have a strong pipeline of next-generation in-car and body-worn cameras under development and expect to begin deploying our fully hosted cloud-based SaaS evidence management solution, EvidenceLibrary.com, in the first quarter of 2018.

 

   

Expand into Additional International Markets. We plan to pursue expansion opportunities in international markets where the local culture and political environment support video capture as an evidentiary tool. We believe our international growth opportunity is substantial. According to IDC, the international market for mobile video evidence management solutions, excluding North America, is estimated to be approximately $3.6 billion in 2021. We have realized initial success selling our video evidence management solutions to law enforcement agencies outside the United States and Canada, including the fourth largest police department in England and Wales and several agencies in Mexico. We have also begun localizing our products to be sold in additional foreign jurisdictions.

 

   

Expand Product Applications to Adjacent Markets. We believe that markets adjacent to the law enforcement industry, such as armored car transportation and correctional facilities, represent significant growth opportunities for our business. We have begun to sell our products to customers in these adjacent markets, including The Brink’s Company, which uses our body-worn cameras as part of its armored car security strategy, as well as certain state and local law enforcement agencies for use in their correctional facilities.

 

   

Opportunistically Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. We intend to selectively pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies, products and teams in order to add additional features and functionality to our existing product portfolio, expand our product offering and penetrate new markets.

Our Products

We design, manufacture and sell in-car video systems, body-worn cameras and evidence management software. Unlike nearly all of our competitors, we create custom electrical and firmware designs from the ground

 

4


Table of Contents

up rather than basing our products upon reference designs supplied by major chip vendors. Our custom approach provides a more flexible design that enables the development of differentiated, innovative, high-performance and feature-rich products.

In-Car Video System. Our 4RE HD in-car video system is an integrated, synchronized, multiple resolution, multiple camera, redundant drive system. We believe 4RE is the best-selling in-car video system in the law enforcement video industry. We offer three different 4RE HD cameras: the Zero Sight-Line™ camera which is positioned out of sight behind the rearview mirror, the HD Mini Zoom™ camera with a 12x optical zoom, and the Panoramic X2™ camera with an adjustable primary camera and a fixed panoramic camera. We also continue to offer our DV-1 direct-to-DVD in-car video system, which we began shipping in 2005. The DV-1 system records evidence onto DVD-video discs, eliminating the need for server computers, transfer stations or IT support, and includes a front zoom-lens camera and an infrared cabin camera, both of which record in color. DV-1 is an ideal stand-alone solution that is easy to use and deploy by agencies of any size.

Body-Worn Camera. Our VISTA body-worn camera was released in 2015 to address the growing demand for body-worn cameras. Our VISTA camera is available in a standard and extended battery life capacity. In 2016, we released our VISTA WiFi body-worn camera, which is a key part of our integrated in-car and body-worn camera solution. VISTA WiFi recordings are automatically synchronized with 4RE recordings, enabling audio from outside of the vehicle to be played along with in-car video recordings and eliminating the need for officers to wear a separate wireless microphone.

Evidence Management Software. Our evidence management software applications are sold in support of our in-car video and body-worn camera solutions and are not offered independently. Evidence Library Express 3 and Evidence Library 4 Web allow agencies ranging in size from a single officer agency with limited information technology resources to a multi-location, large agency with a sizeable IT staff to match their organizational needs to our best-suited offering. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2017, we plan to commence booking orders for EvidenceLibrary.com, with deployments to begin in the first quarter of 2018. EvidenceLibrary.com will provide agencies the choice of utilizing a fully hosted cloud-based system in addition to our current on-premise offerings.

Motorcycle Camera System. Our 4REm Motorcycle camera system integrates the industry-leading features of our 4RE in-car video system with a weatherproof, sunlight-readable display and camera designed to withstand the harsh environments experienced by law enforcement motorcycle fleets.

Interview Room Camera System. Our 4RE Interview Room camera system incorporates our trusted 4RE technology and Record-After-the-Fact technology to capture critical audio and video evidence.

Selected Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” Some of these risks include the following:

 

   

Our future prospects would be materially adversely affected if we are unable to maintain customer loyalty and thereby grow our business with existing customers.

 

   

Our future prospects would be materially adversely affected if we are unable to increase our revenues through sales to new law enforcement customers.

 

   

Our industry is highly competitive, and our failure to compete effectively, including through innovation of our product offerings, could adversely affect our market share, financial condition and future growth.

 

   

Our business and financial results are dependent upon our continuing ability to design, introduce and sell new, innovative products or new, innovative product features successfully.

 

5


Table of Contents
   

Due to our lengthy sales cycle, we may expend significant resources in anticipation of a sale and may receive no revenue in return, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

   

Our interactions with government entities present unique challenges to maintaining our position in our industry.

 

   

A reduction in funding for law enforcement from the U.S. federal government may adversely impact purchases of our products.

 

   

Defects in our products could reduce demand for our products and result in a loss of sales, delay in market acceptance and damage to our reputation.

 

   

We may lose our competitive advantage if we are unable to protect our intellectual property, or may incur substantial litigation costs to protect our intellectual property rights.

Corporate Conversion

Prior to October 1, 2017, we were a Texas limited liability company named Enforcement Video, LLC. Effective as of October 1, 2017, we converted into a Delaware corporation and changed our name to WatchGuard, Inc. In conjunction with the conversion, all of our outstanding equity interests were converted into shares of common stock. Members of WGV Associates LLC, or WGV Associates, the entity that held a profits interest in Enforcement Video, LLC, received an aggregate of 560,404 shares of our common stock. For more information, please see the section entitled “Corporate Conversion.”

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we are eligible to take advantage of exemptions from certain reporting requirements and may be relieved of other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including but not limited to:

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations with respect to financial data, including presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of selected financial data in this prospectus;

 

   

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are also applicable to private companies;

 

   

exemption from the requirement to seek non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute arrangements; and

 

   

reduced disclosure about executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or until such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in “total annual gross revenues” during our most recently completed fiscal year, if we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of these reduced burdens. For example, we have taken advantage of the reduced reporting requirement with respect to disclosure regarding our executive compensation arrangements and expect to take advantage of the exemption from auditor attestation on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Additionally, we intend to take advantage of the extended transition

 

6


Table of Contents

period from new or revised financial accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are also applicable to private companies. We can elect to opt out of the extended transition period at any time, although such election would be irrevocable. As a result, the information contained herein and, for so long as we are an emerging growth company, the information that we provide to our stockholders in the future may be different from the information provided by other public companies.

Corporate Information

We were founded in 2002 as WatchGuard, Inc., a Texas corporation, changed to Enforcement Video, LP, a Texas limited partnership, in 2004 and converted into Enforcement Video, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, in 2008. As discussed above, we converted into a Delaware corporation and changed our name to WatchGuard, Inc. effective as of October 1, 2017, which is referred to herein as the Corporate Conversion. Our principal executive offices are located at 415 Century Parkway, Allen, Texas 75013 and our telephone number is (972) 423-9777. Our website is www.watchguardvideo.com. Information contained on our website or that can be accessed through our website will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this prospectus.

“WatchGuard,” the WatchGuard logo and other trademarks or service marks of WatchGuard appearing in this prospectus are the property of WatchGuard. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

 

7


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

               shares.

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

       
            shares (or             shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock

       
The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock.

Common stock to be outstanding after the offering

               shares.

Use of proceeds

   We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $            million, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for (i) the repayment of the outstanding balance under our revolving line of credit, or the TCB Revolving Facility, with Texas Capital Bank, National Association, or TCB, (ii) the repayment of the construction loan from TCB related to the construction of our new headquarters, or the TCB Construction Loan, (iii) financing ongoing construction, furnishings and equipment costs related to our new headquarters and (iv) general corporate purposes, including additions to working capital, capital expenditures and for potential future acquisitions. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 36 of this prospectus.

Dividend policy

   We do not currently plan to pay dividends on our common stock following this offering. See “Dividend Policy” on page 37 of this prospectus.

Risk factors

   See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 and the other information included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Directed share program

   At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the shares offered hereby for our officers, directors, employees, clients, suppliers, vendors and friends and relatives of our employees. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the others offered hereby. Any participants will be prohibited from selling, pledging or assigning any shares sold to them pursuant to this program for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Proposed NASDAQ symbol

   “WGRD”

 

8


Table of Contents

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of common stock outstanding and the other information based thereon:

 

   

does not reflect 2,100,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the WatchGuard, Inc. 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the LTIP, of which (i) 30,000 shares are issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus at a weighted-average exercise price of $10.00 per share and (ii) 560,000 shares are issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units, or RSUs, that we intend to grant immediately following the pricing of this offering (including              shares underlying RSUs to be granted to our executive officers); and

 

   

assumes an initial public offering price of $            per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus.

 

9


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period and the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. You should read the following data together with “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP.

We have derived the summary consolidated statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of income data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2017 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, these unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods.

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months
Ended  September 30,
 
         2015              2016              2016              2017      
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated statements of income data:

           

Net revenues

   $ 58,217      $ 77,056      $ 54,728      $ 70,802  

Cost of goods sold and services provided

     24,826        33,664        24,207        30,326  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     33,391        43,392        30,521        40,476  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

     8,034        10,580        7,865        9,500  

Sales and marketing

     8,184        12,273        8,974        11,368  

General and administrative

     8,606        11,297        7,808        11,334  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     24,824        34,150        24,647        32,202  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     8,567        9,242        5,874        8,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

     (280      (240      (143      (24
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 8,287      $ 9,002      $ 5,731      $ 8,250  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma information (unaudited):(1)

           

Net income before pro forma provision for income taxes

      $ 9,002         $ 8,250  

Pro forma provision for income taxes

        2,554           2,373  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

      $ 6,448         $ 5,877  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share:

           

Basic

      $ 0.78         $ 0.71  

Diluted

      $ 0.73         $ 0.66  

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:

           

Basic

        8,271,766           8,271,766  

Diluted

        8,871,766           8,873,007  

 

10


Table of Contents
         As of September 30, 2017      
     Actual      Pro
Forma As
Adjusted(2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,547      $           

Working capital(3)

   $ 134      $           

Total assets

   $ 46,591      $           

Total indebtedness(4)

   $ 10,039      $           

Total equity

   $ 5,199      $           

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2015      2016      2016      2017  

Supplemental Financial and Operating Data:

           

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)(5)

   $     9,162      $     10,738      $     6,644      $     10,046  

Purchases of plant, property and equipment (in thousands):

           

Related to new headquarters

   $ —        $ 504      $ 324      $ 13,354  

Other

   $ 411      $ 813      $ 649      $ 581  

Free cash flow (in thousands)(5)

   $ 8,751      $ 9,925      $ 5,988      $ 9,443  

Net unit shipments:(6)

           

In-car

     9,284        10,720        7,998        9,459  

Body-worn

     6,389        12,643        7,113        12,091  

 

(1) Unaudited pro forma provision for income taxes, net income and per share information gives effect to the Corporate Conversion and the impact of distributions in excess of current year’s earnings. Effective October 1, 2017, all of our outstanding equity interests were converted into shares of common stock. Members of WGV Associates, the entity that held a profits interest in Enforcement Video, LLC, received an aggregate of 560,404 shares of our common stock.
(2) Pro forma as adjusted information gives effect to (i) the issuance and sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, and (ii) the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.” The Corporate Conversion had no impact on the line items presented.
(3) Working capital is defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities.
(4) Indebtedness consists of borrowings outstanding under the TCB Revolving Facility and the TCB Construction Loan as of September 30, 2017.
(5) See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for how we define and calculate adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow, a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measures, and a discussion about the limitations of these non-GAAP financial measures.
(6) Net unit shipments reflects the number of in-car video or body-worn camera systems shipped in a particular period, less actual returns. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators.”

 

11


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as net income, plus interest (income) expense, net, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, certain transaction expenses that are not core to our business and legal expenses related to recent patent litigation. Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as net income, as adjusted for the same items reflected in the definition of adjusted EBITDA, less purchases of plant, property and equipment that are not related to the construction of our new headquarters building. The following table reconciles net income, our most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, to adjusted EBITDA and to free cash flow for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of net income to adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow:

        

Net income

   $ 8,287     $ 9,002     $ 5,731     $ 8,250  

Interest expense, net

     280       240       143       24  

Depreciation and amortization

     492       567       378       430  

Stock-based compensation expense

     39       —         —         —    

Transaction expenses(1)

     64       —         —         —    

Patent litigation expenses(2)

     —         929       392       1,342  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $       9,162     $       10,738     $       6,644     $       10,046  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchases of plant, property and equipment unrelated to new headquarters

     (411     (813     (656     (603
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $         8,751     $       9,925     $       5,988     $       9,443  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects expenses incurred in connection with a contemplated private investment in the Company.
(2) Reflects expenses related to two patent lawsuits. In one such lawsuit, a jury recently ruled in our favor on all counts. The other lawsuit is ongoing. For additional information, see the section entitled “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

We believe that adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors. We believe these metrics are useful to investors because they facilitate comparisons of our core business operations across periods on a consistent basis, as well as comparisons with the results of peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement results under U.S. GAAP. In addition, adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow are measures that provide useful information to management about the amount of cash available for reinvestment in our business and other purposes. Management believes that adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow, when viewed in combination with our results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business and performance. Nevertheless, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for net income recognized in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

We understand that although adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow are frequently used by analysts, lenders and others in their evaluation of companies, adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow have limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

12


Table of Contents
   

adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and

 

   

although depreciation and amortization is a non-cash charge, the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA and/or free cash flow differently or not at all, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures. You should consider adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow along with other financial performance measures, including net income, net cash provided by operating activities, and our financial results presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below before making a decision to invest in our common stock. Our business, operating results or financial condition could be adversely affected by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us. Because of the following factors, as well as other variables affecting our operating results, our past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of our future performance and historical trends should not be used to anticipate our results or trends in future periods. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and, as a result, you may lose all or part of your investment. Before deciding whether to invest in our common stock, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our future prospects would be materially adversely affected if we are unable to maintain customer loyalty and thereby grow our business with existing customers.

Our future growth depends to a significant extent on maintaining and strengthening our relationships with our existing law enforcement customers in order to drive repeat purchases. We are especially focused on expanding our body-worn camera sales with our current in-car video customers as part of our integrated solution and anticipate such sales will be a significant driver of our future growth. Our existing customers are under no obligation to continue to purchase our products and could stop purchasing our products at any time and for a number of reasons, some of which are beyond our control. For example, customer loyalty could be adversely impacted by:

 

   

real or perceived technology or reliability issues with our products or the quality of our product support;

 

   

changes in local law enforcement leadership and/or decision-makers (including as the direct or indirect result of elections);

 

   

changes in fiscal or contracting policies;

 

   

the availability of lower priced alternative products;

 

   

privacy concerns of the public as well as law enforcement officers;

 

   

changing customer trends; or

 

   

negative publicity.

In addition, many of our customers have restricted budgets, such that we are forced to compete with programs or solutions that offer an alternative use of the same funds. If a law enforcement agency is dissatisfied with the quality of our products, or if our products fail to meet performance standards under our contracts, such agency might seek to reduce the number of products that it intends to deploy or prematurely terminate its contract with us, or we could incur additional costs that may impair the profitability of a contract and damage our ability to obtain additional work from that customer or other current or prospective customers. Erosion of customer loyalty and the resulting decreased sales to existing customers would have an adverse effect on our business and operating results. Furthermore, the loss of one or more of our more significant customers could have a pronounced adverse impact on our business. Any reductions, delays or cancellation of contracts with any of our significant customers or the loss of one or more significant customers could materially reduce our revenue and operating income.

Our future prospects would also be materially adversely affected if we are unable to increase our revenues through sales to new law enforcement customers.

We believe that the success and growth of our business also depends on our ability to sell our in-car video and body-worn camera solutions to new customers. Our ability to further penetrate the markets for our in-car video

 

14


Table of Contents

and body-worn camera solutions depends on several factors, including maintaining a strong reputation generally among law enforcement agencies; increasing awareness about the advantages of our solutions, particularly as compared to our competitors; and the effectiveness of our marketing programs. Our ability to successfully sell our products to new customers is subject to the same factors that impact sales to existing customers, as well as additional challenges such as lack of familiarity with our company and products and the time and expense of training officers and agency staff to utilize our solutions effectively.

Any new market into which we attempt to sell our solutions may not be receptive. Our ability to penetrate new markets will depend on the quality of our solutions, the continued acceptance of our solutions by law enforcement, the perceived value of our solutions and our ability to design our solutions to meet the demands of our local customers and users. Developing new technologies to compete in a specific market may not be financially viable, resulting in our inability to compete in that market. If we are unsuccessful in developing and marketing our solutions into new markets, new markets for our solutions might not develop or might develop more slowly than we expect, either of which would harm our revenues and growth prospects. Our failure to maintain or increase the amount of revenues derived from new customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our industry is highly competitive, and our failure to compete effectively, including through innovation of our product offerings, could adversely affect our market share, financial condition and future growth.

The markets for both in-car video and body-worn camera solutions are highly competitive and continuously evolving with technological advancements. We are currently the leading provider of in-car video solutions and rely on this leadership position as part of our strategy to grow sales of our body-worn cameras. We expect that our ability to increase sales in the body-worn camera market will largely depend on the integration of our product offerings, allowing us to grow our body-worn camera business with our current in-car video customers.

Key competitive factors in these markets include product performance, features, size, quality, reputation, service responsiveness, customer relationships and price or cost of ownership. The importance of these factors to a particular law enforcement agency depends on the agency’s size, leadership, needs and budget. Very small agencies tend to be more sensitive to price and lifetime cost of ownership than suburban and urban agencies or state patrols. New and existing companies may enter the markets in which we currently operate, and we may not be able to continue to compete effectively within those markets.

Our competitors range from small companies to large, well-established international companies with multiple product offerings. Certain of our competitors have significant advantages over us, including greater financial, marketing and manufacturing resources, more extensive distribution channels and larger customer bases. Our primary competitors in the in-car video market include L3 Mobile-Vision, Inc., or L3, Panasonic Corporation of North America, or Panasonic, Coban Technologies, Inc., or Coban, and Digital Ally, Inc., or Digital Ally. If a competitor introduces a high-quality in-car video solution at a lower price, our competitive position in the in-car video market could suffer. Our competitors in the body-worn camera market could enter the in-car video market by leveraging their relationships with law enforcement agencies from other products, such as microphones or uniforms. We do not currently hold the leading market position in the body-worn camera market, and we compete with more established and well-known competitors. Our primary competitors in the body-worn camera market include Axon Enterprise, Inc. (formerly TASER International, Inc.), or Axon, VIEVU, Panasonic, Reveal Media, L3, Digital Ally and Motorola Solutions, Inc., or Motorola.

Some of these competitors may be able to:

 

   

adapt more rapidly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements;

 

   

develop superior products or services, gain greater market acceptance and expand their product offerings more efficiently or rapidly;

 

15


Table of Contents
   

develop intellectual property rights, such as patents, that may limit our ability to include certain features in our products;

 

   

bundle products and services that we may not offer or in a manner that provides our competitors with a price advantage;

 

   

devote greater resources to the research and development of their products and services;

 

   

more readily take advantage of acquisitions and other opportunities for expansion;

 

   

maintain a lower cost basis;

 

   

engage in more effective lobbying efforts to communicate with elected or appointed officials to benefit their programs and solutions; and

 

   

adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resources to the promotion, marketing and sales of their products and services.

If we are unable to compete effectively in the in-car video and body-worn camera markets, our business, operating results or financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our business and financial results are dependent upon our continuing ability to design, introduce and sell new, innovative products or new, innovative product features successfully.

Our future success depends on our ability to promote and demonstrate the utility of our solutions as reliable and important tools for law enforcement and adjacent markets, as well as our continuing ability to develop new, innovative products or new, innovative product features that differentiate our products and achieve market acceptance in a timely and cost-effective manner. We expect several of our upcoming new products and new product features to be critical to our future success.

The development of new products and new product features is complex, time-consuming and expensive, requiring high levels of innovation and investment, as well as the accurate anticipation of technology and market trends. The ability to continue innovating is not certain or predictable. New products and enhancements to existing products can require long development and testing periods, and we may experience delays in completing development and introducing new products or technologies in the future. In addition, our increasing focus on our software also presents new and complex development issues. We may focus our resources on technologies that do not become widely accepted or are not commercially viable or involve compliance obligations with additional areas of regulatory requirements. Our ability to meet customer expectations will depend on a wide range of factors, including:

 

   

our ability to continue to offer high-quality, innovative in-car video and body-worn camera solutions;

 

   

the perceived value and quality of our solutions;

 

   

our ability to successfully communicate the unique value proposition of our solutions;

 

   

our ability to provide high-quality customer support; and

 

   

litigation- or regulation-related developments.

Any significant delays in new product or product feature releases or significant problems in creating new products or features could adversely affect our revenues. For example, the delay in deploying our VISTA WiFi body-worn camera adversely affected our 2016 revenues. If we fail to develop new, innovative products or new, innovative product features on a timely basis, or our new products or product features fail to achieve market acceptance, our business, financial results and competitive position could be adversely affected.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our business and financial results are dependent upon our customers’ ability to adopt our solutions consistent with their legal, regulatory, and compliance obligations.

Substantially all of our revenues are generated from sales to law enforcement agencies that are subject to special requirements regarding the creation, viewing, modification, transmission, dissemination, storage, and destruction of criminal justice information. Law enforcement agencies in the United States, for example, are responsible for vendor and application compliance with the security requirements of the FBI’s Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Division. We intend to adopt the controls that are necessary for our products and offerings to comply with applicable CJIS standards. This includes our CLOUD-SHARE solution, which uses Microsoft Azure Government cloud CJIS-compliant data centers. Microsoft announced in early 2017 that it entered into CJIS agreements with over 30 states in the United States, covering more than two-thirds of the U.S. population. Despite our efforts to meet criminal justice information requirements, any significant delays or failures in our ability, or our vendors’ abilities, to meet and maintain CJIS compliance, or any other legal, regulatory, or compliance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our products collect critical and sensitive data for our customers and are highly technical in nature. If customer data is breached, lost or corrupted, we could have product liability exposure and our reputation and business could be harmed.

Our products are involved in storing and replicating critical video and audio data for our customers, which is a highly technical and complex process. The release of EvidenceLibrary.com will require more significant involvement in the collection, storage and transmission of our customers’ critical data. As a result, we may be targeted in cyber-attacks, including computer viruses, worms, ransomware, phishing attacks, DDOS attacks, other malicious software programs and other information security breaches, which could result in the unauthorized access, collection, release, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our customers’ data or otherwise disrupt our customers’ operations. If cybercriminals are able to circumvent our security measures, or if we are unable to detect an intrusion into, attack against, or misuse of our systems and mitigate such activities in a reasonable amount of time, our customers’ critical data may be compromised.

Although we have security measures in place to protect customer data and prevent data loss and security breaches, these measures could be breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently, we may not be able to anticipate these techniques and implement adequate preventative or protective measures. In addition, our cybersecurity program is evolving and our current cybersecurity and risk management practices are not yet formalized or expressed as written policies or procedures. As a result, any actual or perceived breach of our security could damage our reputation, cause existing customers to discontinue the use of our solution, prevent us from attracting new customers or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other actions or liabilities, which could adversely affect our business, operating results or financial condition.

There are also risks associated with the performance of our products because our end users employ our storage technologies for the storage and backup of important data and to satisfy regulatory requirements. If any data is breached, lost or corrupted in connection with the use of our products, our reputation could be seriously harmed, and market acceptance of our products could suffer. Although we maintain errors and omissions insurance that covers certain claims related to our technology, our insurance may not cover all potential claims related to our technology or may not be adequate to indemnify us for any liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or accrual of litigation costs that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our insurance coverage could harm our business.

Due to our lengthy sales cycle, we may expend significant resources in anticipation of a sale and may receive no revenue in return, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

The sales cycle for our products and services from initial sales activity with a potential customer to contract execution and shipment of products can be long and varies by customer, typically ranging from three to 18

 

17


Table of Contents

months for our in-car video solution and from three to 12 months for our body-worn camera solution. Our sales process involves a significant amount of upfront investment, including educating prospective customers and existing customers about the use, technical capabilities and benefits of our solutions. Law enforcement agencies generally consider a wide range of issues before committing to purchase our products, including product benefits, training costs, the cost to use our products in addition to, or in place of, other products, budget constraints and product reliability, safety and efficacy. Some agencies undertake pilot test programs for our products and services that can range from two to six months in length. These pilot test programs may result in extended sales cycles and additional upfront sales costs as the agency evaluates our products and services. Further, events affecting our customers’ budgets or objectives may occur during the sales cycle that could negatively impact the size or timing of a purchase after we have invested substantial time, effort and resources into a potential sale, contributing to unpredictability in the growth of our business, especially with respect to large prospective customers. If these prospective customers ultimately do not purchase our products, we will have expended significant resources and received no revenue in return.

As we continue to expand into new territories and adjacent markets and add additional products and services, it is possible that in the future we may experience even longer sales cycles, more complex customer requirements, higher upfront sales costs and less predictability in completing some of our sales. If our sales cycle lengthens or our substantial upfront sales and implementation investments do not result in sufficient sales to justify our investments, our operating results may be materially adversely affected.

Our interactions with government entities present unique challenges to maintaining our position in our industry.

Substantially all of our revenues to date have been derived from sales to federal, state, county and local law enforcement agencies in the United States and Canada. The procurement process for government entities can be more challenging than contracting in the private sector and has in the past and may in the future impose added costs on our business or prolong or complicate our sales efforts. We are often subject to decreases or changes in available funding, including budgetary allocations, government grants and other government funding programs. Further, changes in the political landscape or required procurement procedures that affect our target customers could be introduced prior to the completion of our sales cycle, making it more difficult or costly to finalize a contract with a new customer or expand or renew an existing customer relationship. For example, customers may require a competitive bidding process with extended response deadlines, review or appeal periods, or customer attention may be diverted to other government matters, postponing the consideration of the purchase of our products. Such delays could harm our ability to provide our solutions efficiently and to grow or maintain our customer base. In addition, the majority of our government contracts include the right for government agencies to delay, curtail, renegotiate or terminate contracts and subcontracts at their convenience any time prior to their completion. Any decision by a government customer to exercise any of these rights in our contracts may result in a decline in our profits and revenues.

A reduction in funding for law enforcement from the U.S. federal government may adversely impact purchases of our products.

All of our customers in the United States rely to some extent on funds from the U.S. federal government in order to purchase and pay for our solutions. In 2015, President Barack Obama’s administration announced a three-year investment to prompt the deployment of body-worn cameras for law enforcement agencies in an effort to provide more transparency and accountability to citizens. The initiative, named the Body-Worn Camera Program, included investments totaling over $41 million during 2015 and 2016 to purchase 38,120 body-worn cameras for police officers throughout the United States, training for law enforcement and additional resources for law enforcement agencies. The proposed Safer Officers and Safer Citizens Act, or the SOSC Act, would provide additional funding for the Body-Worn Camera Program through 2022. Similar to the Body-Worn Camera Program, the SOSC Act, if passed, will authorize a new grant at the U.S. Department of Justice providing approximately $100 million in annual funding. Any reduction in federal funding for local law enforcement

 

18


Table of Contents

efforts could result in our customers having less access to funds required to pay for our products. If federal funding is reduced or eliminated and our customers cannot find alternative sources of funding to purchase our solutions, our business will be harmed.

Defects in our products could reduce demand for our products and result in a loss of sales, delay in market acceptance and damage to our reputation.

Our products are inherently complex and may in the future contain, or develop, undetected defects or errors that are subsequently discovered at any point in the life of the product. Our products may contain software errors, hardware defects or security vulnerabilities. Some software errors or defects in the hardware components of our products may only be discovered after a product has been installed and used by customers, which could increase our support costs, reduce our margins and harm our reputation among our customers. Many of our contracts with our current customers contain provisions stating that we will indemnify the customer against any claims arising in connection with our performance, products and services under the contract. Any defects in the reliability or functionality of our products, as well as any interruptions in the availability of our products, could result in the following, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and financial condition:

 

   

loss or delayed market acceptance and sales of our products;

 

   

termination of service agreements or loss of customers;

 

   

credits or refunds to customers;

 

   

increased warranty costs;

 

   

breach of contract, breach of warranty or indemnification claims against us, which may result in litigation;

 

   

diversion of development and service resources; and

 

   

injury to our reputation.

Negative publicity, whether or not justified, relating to defects in our products may tarnish our reputation. Damage to our reputation may reduce demand for our products and would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Any attempts to rebuild our reputation may be costly and time-consuming, and such efforts may not ultimately be successful. In addition, we could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of warranty. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management’s attention and adversely affect the market’s perception of us and our products.

Further, because certain law enforcement agency policies do not allow use of a vehicle if the in-car video system is out of order, product defects or malfunctions could have a substantially greater impact on certain customers. The costs incurred in correcting such product defects may be substantial and could adversely affect our business, operating results or financial condition.

The use of lithium polymer batteries in our products comes with various risks, any of which could have a severe negative impact on our business.

We use lithium polymer batteries to power our body-worn cameras. While all batteries have certain inherent risks, lithium polymer-based storage cells may cause an explosion or fire if overcharged, short-circuited or damaged in a collision. Any injury resulting from an explosion or fire that is linked to our products could result in substantial liability and negative publicity about our products, which would adversely affect our brand and harm our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. Also, negative public perceptions regarding the suitability of lithium polymer batteries or any future incident involving lithium polymer batteries, even if such incident does not involve our products, could seriously harm our business.

 

19


Table of Contents

Our growth strategy could suffer if we are not successful in expanding into other markets.

To date, we have marketed our products primarily to federal, state, county and local law enforcement agencies. Although we have limited customers in adjacent public safety markets, such as fire and emergency medical services, as well as non-adjacent markets such as private security and armored transportation, we have not actively pursued adjacent markets. Nonetheless, we may explore other markets in the future, as several of our strengths and specialties apply outside of the law enforcement industry. Although many other markets share several characteristics with the law enforcement industry, they may differ in important respects, and we may not be successful in adapting our solutions to markets or service lines in which we have little or no prior experience. We may incur higher operating costs and experience delays in our ability to consistently reach expected revenue and profit levels in adjacent markets, which could affect our overall profitability. In addition, other markets may have different referral sources, customer preferences and competitive conditions. As a result, we may not be successful in diversifying the customers we serve, and we may fail to capture market share in other markets. If any steps taken to expand our existing business into other markets are unsuccessful, we may not be able to achieve our growth strategy, and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

We are dependent on third-party manufacturers and suppliers.

We purchase substantially all of the components for our products from a limited number of manufacturers and suppliers, which are located both in and outside the United States. We rely on one contract manufacturer to assemble our printed circuit board assemblies, or PCBAs, which accounted for over 40% of our materials expenditures in both the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016. We believe this contract manufacturer would be able to move assembly to one of two international facilities if it was unable to use the U.S. facility in which it currently assembles our PCBAs, although we do not have an agreement requiring them to do so. Many of the other components in our products are customized, including injection molded plastic and rubber over-molded casings, custom cable assemblies and custom metal assemblies, the lens mounting and the battery package. We do not have a long-term supply agreement with our contract manufacturer or our suppliers, and we order components from them on a purchase order basis.

We seek to maintain sufficient “buffer stocks” of each critical component in an amount sufficient to cover the time required to identify and qualify an alternate supplier. However, our estimates of the amount of inventory required or the time necessary to identify and qualify an alternate supplier may be incorrect. We may also be unable to transfer to an alternate supplier with the ease that we originally expected. Use of a different supplier could cause production interruptions ranging from negligible, such as a few weeks, to very costly, such as four months to a year. We regularly check on the end-of-life status of parts to make sure that we will know well in advance of any decisions by all vendors to discontinue parts. We may experience delays, additional expenses and lost sales if we are required to locate and qualify alternative manufacturers and suppliers.

Certain suppliers are reducing the expected life of components for some of our products. These reductions could result in the need for more frequent product redesigns and increased engineering costs. The longer life cycle of certain products may impact our ability to continue to manufacture our earlier generation products, forcing us to cease offering certain products if we cannot obtain replacement components. In addition, we may be unable to meet our repair obligations to our customers. We rely on our suppliers to deliver high-quality components for use in our products, and we have limited or no control over their product development and production processes. We could have difficulties fulfilling orders and our sales and profits could decline if (i) such third parties lack sufficient quality control or fail to deliver quality components on time and at reasonable prices, or deliver components that do not meet regulatory or industry standards or requirements or (ii) there are significant changes in the financial or business condition of such third parties. The failure of any of our manufacturers or suppliers to deliver products to us in a timely manner, in sufficient quantities and with the requisite quality could have a material adverse impact on our business, operations and financial condition.

 

20


Table of Contents

We rely on channel partners for a portion of our net revenues. If we fail to maintain successful relationships with our channel partners, or if our channel partners fail to perform, our ability to market, sell and distribute our solution could be limited, and our business, financial position and results of operations could be harmed.

In addition to our direct sales force, we rely on our channel partners for a portion of our net revenues, particularly in Europe. In 2016, we invoiced approximately 16% of our sales through channel partners and we expect that channel partners will help facilitate a significant portion of our sales for the foreseeable future. Our agreements with channel partners are generally non-exclusive, meaning our partners may offer customers products from other companies, including products that compete with our solution. Our channel partners can sometimes act as a billing entity. If our channel partners cease or deemphasize the marketing of our solution with limited or no notice, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected. Our reliance on channel partners could also subject us to lawsuits or reputational harm if, for example, a channel partner misrepresents the functionality of our solution to customers or violates laws or our corporate policies. If we are unable to maintain our relationships with our current channel partners or otherwise develop and expand our indirect sales channel, or if our channel partners fail to perform, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Changes in civil forfeiture laws may affect our customers’ ability to purchase our products.

Many of our customers use funds seized through civil forfeiture proceedings to fund the purchase of our products. State civil forfeiture statutes permit state governments to seize property with limited judicial oversight, often based on a preponderance of the evidence that the property was connected to criminal activity even if the owner of the property is not subject to criminal charges. A one-justice Supreme Court opinion in March 2017 sharply criticized civil forfeiture as possibly violating the due process clause of the U.S. Constitution, although the Court in that instance declined to hear the case on procedural grounds. An adverse Supreme Court decision or changes in state legislation could impact our customers’ ability to seize funds or use seized funds to fund purchases. Changes in civil forfeiture statutes or regulations are outside of our control and could limit the amount of funds available to our customers, which could adversely affect the sale of our products.

If we fail to manage the growth of our business effectively, our operating results and business prospects would suffer.

Our business has grown significantly since inception. Historically, the growth of our industry has been difficult for experts to predict, especially with respect to the adoption of body-worn cameras in the United States. As the usage of our solution grows, we will need to predict the growth of our industry more effectively and continue to make investments to develop and implement new or updated solutions, technologies and security features following the release of EvidenceLibrary.com. In addition, we will need to appropriately scale our internal business systems and expand our sales and customer service organizations by hiring and training new employees to serve our growing customer base, while maintaining the quality of our products and brand image. Any failure of, or delay in, these efforts could impair the performance of our solutions and reduce customer satisfaction.

Further, our growth could increase quickly and place a strain on our managerial, operational, financial and other resources, and our future operating results depend to a large extent on our ability to successfully manage our anticipated expansion and growth. To manage our growth successfully, we will need to continue to meet our production schedules, as well as invest in sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative functions and other areas. We are likely to recognize the costs associated with these investments earlier than receiving some of the anticipated benefits, and the return on these investments may be lower, or may develop more slowly, than we expect, which could adversely affect our operating results.

If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to take advantage of market opportunities or develop new solutions or upgrades to our existing solutions, satisfy customer requirements, maintain the quality and security of our solutions or execute on our business plan, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our future growth prospects may be harmed if we are unable to sell our solutions into new international markets.

Part of our growth strategy depends on our ability to increase sales and add new customers of our in-car video and body-worn camera solutions in markets outside of the United States and Canada, including through expansion in Mexico and Western Europe. Any new market into which we attempt to sell our solutions may not be receptive. Our ability to penetrate new markets will depend on the quality of our solutions, the continued acceptance of our solutions by law enforcement, the perceived value of our solutions and our ability to accommodate different policing practices among various cultures and design our solutions to meet the language and other demands of our local customers and users. If we are unsuccessful in developing and marketing our solutions into new markets, new markets for our solutions might not develop or might develop more slowly than we expect, either of which would harm our revenues and growth prospects.

We are dependent on the continued service of our key executives and, if we fail to retain such key executives, our business could be adversely affected.

We believe that our success depends in part on the continued services of our senior management team, consisting of Robert Vanman, Stephen O. Coffman and David Russell Walker. Our business could be adversely affected if we fail to retain these key executives. Although the employment arrangements with each of our key executives contain non-competition restrictions, our business could nonetheless be adversely affected if a key executive leaves and attempts to compete with us. Furthermore, we may be unable to enforce non-compete provisions. In addition, we have not purchased key person life insurance policies covering any members of our senior management team other than Robert Vanman, and the policy covering Mr. Vanman may be insufficient to compensate us and our stockholders fully for any loss of his services.

If we are unable to attract, integrate and retain qualified personnel, including engineers and sales personnel, our ability to develop new products and increase our revenue and profitability could be adversely affected.

Because our future success depends on our ability to continue to enhance existing products and introduce new products, we are heavily dependent on our ability to attract and retain an employee workforce that is knowledgeable in all areas necessary for our operations, including advanced engineering and technical expertise. We face intense competition for qualified technical personnel in the Dallas market from numerous other companies, many of whom have greater financial and other resources than we do, which may be appealing to high-quality candidates. In addition, new hires often require significant training and, in many cases, take significant time before they achieve full productivity. We may incur significant costs to attract and retain qualified personnel, including significant expenditures related to salaries and benefits and compensation expenses, and we may lose new employees to our competitors or other companies before we realize the benefit of our investment in recruiting and training them. Moreover, new employees may not be or become as productive as we expect, as we may face challenges in adequately or appropriately integrating them into our workforce and culture. If we are unable to attract, integrate and retain suitably qualified individuals who are capable of meeting our growing technical and operational requirements, on a timely basis or at all, our business could be adversely affected.

We primarily sell our products through our direct sales force. Our ability to add customers and to achieve revenue growth in the future will depend upon our ability to grow and develop our direct sales force and on their ability to productively sell our solutions. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them in the use of our products require significant time, expense and attention. The amount of time it takes for our sales representatives to be fully trained and to become productive varies widely. In addition, if we hire sales representatives from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources.

Volatility or lack of positive performance in our stock price may also affect our ability to attract and retain key employees. Many of our senior management personnel and other key employees have become, or will become,

 

22


Table of Contents

vested in a substantial amount of equity compensation awards. Employees may be more likely to leave us if the equity they own has significantly appreciated in value. If we are unable to appropriately incentivize and retain our employees through equity compensation, or if we need to increase our compensation expenses in order to appropriately incentivize and retain our employees, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

To the extent demand for our products increases, our future success depends on our ability to increase manufacturing production capacity.

To the extent demand for our products increases significantly in future periods, one of our key challenges will be to increase our production capacity to meet sales demand while maintaining product quality. We may be required to introduce additional shifts and/or hire and train additional production staff, which would result in increased costs. Further, there could be a delay in the completion of our new facility. Our inability to meet any future increase in sales demand or effectively manage our expansion could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, financial results and financial condition.

We are, and may in the future be, subject to intellectual property infringement claims, which could cause us to incur litigation costs and divert management attention from our business.

We are, and may in the future be, subject to litigation with parties that claim, among other matters, that we infringed their patents or other intellectual property rights. For example, on May 27, 2016, Digital Ally filed a complaint against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Kansas alleging that our 4RE and VISTA WiFi products infringe on U.S. Patent No. 8,781,292, or the ‘292 Patent, entitled “Computer Program, Method, and System for Managing Multiple Data Recording Devices,” U.S. Patent No. 9,253,452, or the ‘452 Patent, entitled “Computer Program, Method, and System for Managing Multiple Data Recording Devices,” and U.S. Patent No. 9,325,950, or the ‘950 Patent, entitled “Vehicle-Mounted Video System and Distributed Processing.” Digital Ally is seeking a permanent injunction, damages and lost profits. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves in this matter and believe we have meritorious defenses against these claims. However, litigation is inherently uncertain and any intellectual property infringement claims against us, with or without merit, could be costly and time-consuming to defend and divert our management’s attention from our business. For more information, see “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

Given the complex nature of our products and the non-public nature of certain intellectual property rights, such as unpublished patent applications, we cannot identify all potential intellectual property rights that may be asserted against our products. Our use of conventional technology searching and brand clearance searching may not identify all potential rights holders. In addition, we generally indemnify our customers against claims that our products infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties. If our products were found to infringe a third party’s proprietary rights, we could be forced to enter into costly royalty or licensing agreements in order to be able to sell our products or discontinue use of the protected technology. Such royalty and licensing agreements may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all.

We may lose our competitive advantage if we are unable to protect our intellectual property, or may incur substantial litigation costs to protect our intellectual property rights.

Our future success depends upon our ability to continue to innovate and protect our proprietary technology. We rely primarily on patents and patent applications directed to certain features of our products and to a lesser extent on trademarks, copyrights and trade secret protection. Our protective measures may prove inadequate to protect our proprietary rights and market advantage. The scope of any patent to which we have or may obtain rights to may not prevent others from developing and selling competing products. The validity and breadth of claims covered in technology patents involve complex legal and factual questions, and the resolution of such claims may be highly uncertain, lengthy and expensive. The process of seeking patent protection can be lengthy and expensive. We cannot assure you that any patent will issue from our currently pending patent applications in a

 

23


Table of Contents

manner that gives us the protection that we seek, if at all, or that any current or future patents issued to us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. In addition, our patents may be held invalid or unenforceable upon challenge, or others may claim rights in or ownership of our patents. Although the source code for our proprietary software is generally protected from unauthorized copying under copyright law, copyright protection is only designed to prevent actual copying of source code. Copyrights do not prevent others from independently developing comparable functionality, including development of new source code embodying the same concepts and algorithms as those present in our proprietary software. The right to stop others from misusing our trademarks and service marks in commerce depends, to some extent, on our ability to show evidence of enforcement of our rights against such misuse in commerce. Our efforts to stop improper use, if insufficient, may lead to loss of trademark and service mark rights, brand loyalty and notoriety among our customers and prospective customers. We may not be able to prevent unauthorized disclosure of proprietary information or unauthorized parties from copying aspects of our technologies or obtaining and using our trade secrets. We may be also unable to obtain an adequate remedy in the event of such unauthorized disclosures of proprietary information. In addition, even if we endeavor to maintain information as a trade secret or as proprietary, others may independently develop the same or similar technology or information and we cannot assert any trade secret rights against such independent development. The defense and prosecution of patent and other intellectual property claims are both costly and time consuming and could result in a material adverse effect on our business and financial position.

We have limited foreign intellectual property rights and may be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights outside of the United States.

To date, we have not filed patent applications in any jurisdiction outside of the United States. Further, since we have not to date pursued patent protection outside the United States and our products have been sold and our patents and applications published, patent protection may not be available to us outside the United States for features embodied in our existing products and patents or patent applications. To the extent that we expand internationally in the future, we may need to obtain legal protection for our intellectual property rights, including by filing patent applications in various jurisdictions, which will cause us to incur substantial costs. Nonetheless, effective intellectual property protection may not be available or may be limited in foreign countries. Our failure to possess, obtain or maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have typically had some, but not all, of our employees execute agreements that assign to us any of the inventions or technology on which they work or that restrict their ability to disclose or use the Company’s confidential information.

Although we now require employees within engineering functions to execute agreements assigning to the Company any intellectual property they conceive or develop related to their work and imposing restrictions on the use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information, we did not do so in the past. In the past, only employees in key management positions or who received stock interests in the Company were required to have such agreements. We are in the process of having all current employees in engineering functions execute such agreements, but we do not plan to have former employees execute such agreements. Without such agreements, there is a risk that former employees could assert that they have rights to technology or inventions they were involved in developing.

Our products may be found to contain software that infringes the intellectual property rights of others or be found to contain open source software, which may create liability for us or otherwise harm our business

Our increasing focus on our evidence management software could present risks related to our use of licensed third-party software and open-source software. Complex software products like ours incorporate third-party licensed software and open source software code. To the extent that any claim arises as a result of third-party software we have licensed for use for our products, we may be unable to recover from the appropriate third party any expenses or other liabilities that we incur.

 

24


Table of Contents

The use of open source software code is typically subject to varying forms of software licenses, called “copyleft” or open source licenses. These types of licenses may require that any person who creates a software product that redistributes or modifies open source software that was subject to an open source license must also make their own software product subject to the same open source license. This can lead to a requirement that the newly created software product be provided free of charge or be made available or distributed in source code form. Our products include open source software and we have not performed or commissioned a review or audit of any software or firmware used in our products or soon-to-be-released products to determine whether our offerings comply with existing software licenses. Moreover, we cannot assure you that any processes for controlling our use of open source software in our products will be effective. If we are held to have breached the terms of an open source software license, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties to continue offering our products on terms that are not economically feasible, to re-engineer our products, to discontinue the sale of our products if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis, or to make generally available, in source code form, our proprietary code, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition. Responding to any claim, regardless of its validity, that our products use third-party or open source software in a way that is either not licensed or requires making our source code available could harm our business, operating results and financial condition by, among other things, resulting in costly and time-consuming litigation, diverting management’s time and attention from developing our business, requiring us to pay monetary damages, re-designing our products, or entering into a license that may or may not be available on commercially reasonable terms.

In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or assurance of title, non-infringement or controls on origin of the software. In addition, many of the risks associated with usage of open source software, such as the lack of warranties or assurances of title, cannot be eliminated, and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our business.

Concerns regarding privacy and government-sponsored surveillance may deter customers from purchasing our products.

Private citizens have become increasingly sensitive to real or perceived government or third-party surveillance and may have concerns regarding the effects of our products on privacy. Perceived privacy concerns may result in negative media coverage and efforts by private citizens to persuade law enforcement agencies not to purchase our solutions. Furthermore, law enforcement agencies in certain countries may resist greater transparency regarding interactions with the public. If customers choose not to purchase our solutions due to privacy concerns, then the market for our solutions may develop more slowly than we expect, or it may not achieve the growth potential we expect, any of which would adversely affect our business and financial results.

We may become involved in litigation for a variety of claims, which could subject us to significant costs and judgments and divert management’s attention from our business.

We may become involved in litigation for a variety of claims arising from our products, contracts, business relationships and normal business activities, including but not limited to claims, suits and proceedings involving labor and employment, wage and hour, commercial, intellectual property and other matters. The outcome of any litigation, regardless of its merits, is inherently uncertain. Any claims and lawsuits, and the disposition of such claims and lawsuits, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve, divert management’s attention and resources and lead to attempts by other parties to pursue similar claims. Any adverse determination related to litigation could adversely affect our results of operations, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively impact our business. In addition, depending on the nature and timing of any such dispute, a resolution of a legal matter could materially affect our future operating results, our cash flows or both.

 

25


Table of Contents

Acquisitions may have an adverse effect on our business.

We may consider acquisitions as part of our long-term business strategy. These transactions involve significant challenges and risks. For example, any transaction that we pursue in the future ultimately may not advance our business strategy, we may not realize a satisfactory return on our investment or we may experience difficulty in the integration or coordination of new employees, business systems and technology. Any future acquisition or joint venture transaction may also divert management’s attention from our existing business. These events could harm our operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

Catastrophic events may significantly disrupt our business and negatively impact our operating results and financial condition.

Any of our facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by a catastrophic event, including earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, fires, explosions, floods, nuclear disasters, failure to contain hazardous materials, industrial accident, acts of terrorism, criminal activities, infectious disease outbreaks and power outages, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time. Our facilities would likely be costly to repair or replace, and any such efforts would likely require substantial time. Furthermore, we may not carry sufficient business insurance to compensate for losses that may occur. A catastrophic event that results in the destruction or disruption of our business or facilities could cause delays in completing sales, providing services or performing other mission-critical functions. Such event could also harm our operating results and our ability to conduct normal business operations, as well as expose us to claims, litigation, government investigations and fines and reputational harm.

In addition, the facilities of significant vendors, including the manufacturers of our components, may be harmed or rendered inoperable by a catastrophic event, which may cause disruptions, difficulties or material adverse effects on our business. Any such losses or damages could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our ability to conduct business in international markets may be affected by legal, regulatory, political and economic risks.

Our ability to expand our business into international markets is subject to risks associated with international operations, including:

 

   

the burdens of complying with a variety of foreign laws and regulations;

 

   

changes in tariffs or other barriers in some international markets;

 

   

political instability and terrorist attacks;

 

   

changes in diplomatic and trade relationships, such as withdrawing from or materially modifying the North American Free Trade Agreement;

 

   

the additional resources and management attention required for such expansion; and

 

   

general economic fluctuations in specific countries or markets.

We cannot predict whether quotas, duties, taxes, or other similar restrictions will be imposed by the United States or other countries upon the import or export of our products in the future, or what effect any of these actions would have on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Changes in regulatory, geopolitical, social or economic policies and other factors may have a material adverse effect on our business in the future.

 

26


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Legislation or Regulation

Regulations related to voice, data and communications services may impact our ability to sell our products.

The radio spectrum is required to provide wireless voice, data and video communications services. The allocation of spectrum is regulated in the United States and other countries and limited spectrum space is allocated to wireless services and specifically to public safety users. In the United States, the Federal Communications Commission, or the FCC, regulates spectrum use by non-federal entities and federal entities. Similarly, countries around the world have one or more regulatory bodies that define and implement the rules for use of radio spectrum and electromagnetic interference, pursuant to their respective national laws. We manufacture and market products in spectrum bands already made available by regulatory bodies. Consequently, our results could be positively or negatively affected by the rules and regulations adopted from time to time by the FCC or regulatory agencies in other countries. Regulatory changes in current spectrum bands may also provide opportunities or may require modifications to some of our products so they can continue to be manufactured and marketed. If current products do not comply with the regulations set forth by these governing bodies, we may be unable to sell our products or could incur penalties, which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Regulations related to conflict minerals may force us to incur additional expenses, may make our supply chain more complex and may result in damage to our reputation with customers.

The Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, has enacted disclosure requirements for companies that use certain minerals and metals, known as “conflict minerals,” in their products, whether or not these products are manufactured by third parties. These requirements require companies to perform due diligence, disclose and report whether or not such minerals originate from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries. We have incurred and will likely continue to incur costs to comply with the disclosure requirements, including costs related to determining the source of any of the relevant minerals and metals used in our products. In addition, these new requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability and pricing of minerals used in our products. Because our supply chain is complex, we may not be able to sufficiently verify the origins for these minerals and metals used in our products through the due diligence procedures that we implement, which may harm our reputation. In such an event, we may also face difficulties in satisfying customers who require that all of the components of our products are certified as conflict-free.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

There has been no prior public market for our common stock, the price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this initial public offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following our initial public offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in our initial public offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop upon closing of our initial public offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;

 

   

the overall performance of the equity markets;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of new applications or enhancements, acquisitions, applications, services, strategic alliances, commercial relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

   

disruptions in our services due to hardware, software or network problems;

 

27


Table of Contents
   

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

publication of unfavorable research reports about us or our industry or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

 

   

trading activity by a limited number of stockholders who together beneficially own a majority of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

the size of our public float;

 

   

the economy as a whole, market conditions in our industry and the industries of our customers; and

 

   

economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class actions following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely affect our business, operating results or financial condition.

Following the closing of this offering, a small number of significant beneficial owners of our common stock acting together will have a controlling influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, which could delay or prevent a change of control.

Following the closing of this offering, the largest beneficial owner of our shares, Robert Vanman, our founder and Chief Executive Officer, who currently beneficially owns 46.0% of our common stock, will beneficially own in the aggregate     % of our common stock. As a result, Mr. Vanman could exercise a controlling influence over our operations and business strategy and will have sufficient voting power to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval. These matters may include:

 

   

the composition of our board of directors which has the authority to direct our business and to appoint and remove our officers;

 

   

approving or rejecting a merger, consolidation or other business combination;

 

   

raising future capital; and

 

   

amending our charter and bylaws which govern the rights attached to our common stock.

This concentration of ownership of our common stock could delay or prevent proxy contests, mergers, tender offers, open-market purchase programs or other purchases of our common stock that might otherwise give you the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our common stock. This concentration of ownership may also adversely affect our share price.

Substantial blocks of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the market when the “lock-up” period ends. If there are substantial sales of shares of our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The price of our common stock could decline if there are substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, or if there is a large number of shares of our common stock available for sale. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have              shares of our common stock outstanding. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be eligible for sale in the public market, unless they are held by our affiliates. Shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and various restricted stock award agreements.

 

28


Table of Contents

After our initial public offering, all of our stockholders before the offering will be subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters or us that restrict their ability to sell shares of common stock until 180 days after the date of this prospectus. After the lock-up agreements expire, an additional 8,604,504 shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject in many cases to the limitations of either Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, unless owned by an affiliate or subject to a lock-up agreement. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Barclays Capital Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time. Any release will be considered on a case-by-case basis. Barclays Capital Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. may consider, among other factors, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested, the trading price of the common stock, historical trading volumes of the common stock, whether the person seeking the release is an officer, director or affiliate of ours, and market conditions at the time. The market price of the shares of our common stock could decline as a result of the sale of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market, the availability of shares for sale or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares. In addition, the sale of these shares by stockholders could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If no or few securities or industry analysts cover our company, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively impacted. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes incorrect or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our common stock price or trading volume to decline.

We are an emerging growth company and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. Pursuant to Section 102 of the JOBS Act, we have reduced executive compensation disclosure and have omitted a Compensation Discussion and Analysis from this prospectus.

For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of certain other exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including (i) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (ii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation, the frequency of the nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved and the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Investors may find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of such year,

 

29


Table of Contents

(ii) the end of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more during such fiscal year, (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period and (iv) the end of the fiscal year following the five year anniversary of the date of this prospectus.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering and in each year thereafter. Our auditors will also need to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in the future to the extent we are no longer an emerging growth company, as defined by the JOBS Act.

If we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We are in the process of designing and implementing the internal control over financial reporting to comply with this obligation, which process will be time consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, we could become subject to investigations by NASDAQ, the SEC or other regulatory authorities and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could adversely affect our operating results.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and will be required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting and changes in corporate governance practices.

We expect that complying with these rules and regulations will substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, our management team will have to adapt to the requirements of being a public company. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will increase to the extent we are no longer an emerging growth company, as defined by the JOBS Act, and are not a smaller reporting company. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs, which could adversely affect our operating results.

The increased costs associated with operating as a public company may decrease our net income or result in a net loss and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our solutions. Additionally, if these requirements divert management’s attention from other business concerns, they could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

As a public company, we also expect that it may be more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.

 

30


Table of Contents

As a new investor, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $             per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, and new investors will own approximately             % of our outstanding common stock. This dilution is due in large part to earlier investors having generally paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. In addition, the vesting of restricted stock and RSUs will, and future equity issuances may, result in further dilution to investors.

The issuance of additional stock in connection with acquisitions, our stock incentive plans, warrants or otherwise could dilute all other stockholdings.

After this offering, our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to 90,000,000 shares of common stock and up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such rights and preferences as may be determined by our board of directors. Subject to compliance with applicable rules and regulations, we may issue all of these shares that are not already outstanding without any action or approval by our stockholders. We intend to continue to evaluate strategic acquisitions in the future. We may pay for such acquisitions, partly or in full, through the issuance of additional equity securities.

Any issuance of shares in connection with our acquisitions, the exercise of stock options or warrants, the award of shares of restricted stock or otherwise could dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase our shares in this offering.

We have broad discretion in the use of a portion of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and may not use them effectively.

We cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of a portion of the net proceeds that we will receive from our initial public offering. We will have broad discretion in the application of these proceeds, including working capital, possible acquisitions and other general corporate purposes, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders disagree. The failure by our management to apply these proceeds effectively could adversely affect our business, operating results or financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest these proceeds in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, stockholders must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent an acquisition of our company.

Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management. These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management. For information regarding these and other provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

 

31


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, our business strategy and plans, market growth, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “goal,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “probable,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “view” or “would,” the negative of these words or similar words or phrases are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are any statements that look to future events and include, but are not limited to, statements regarding:

 

   

our business strategy;

 

   

our financial condition;

 

   

our potential opportunity and ability to capture market share;

 

   

introduction and adoption of new products, including the timing thereof, such as for EvidenceLibrary.com;

 

   

our ability to increase sales;

 

   

the sufficiency of our existing cash and cash equivalents to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs over the next 12 months;

 

   

our expectations regarding drivers for demand and our pipeline of deals;

 

   

the significance of new products and features to our success;

 

   

our ability to expand into international markets and adjacent markets;

 

   

customer adoption and acceptance of our mobile video solution, including customer preference for a single integrated solution;

 

   

our expectations regarding future investments in research and development;

 

   

the outcome of any current or future litigation;

 

   

our expected use of the net proceeds from this offering;

 

   

the timing of completion of our new headquarters;

 

   

our expectations regarding future revenue mix; and

 

   

our efforts to make strategic acquisitions.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. We are under no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations.

 

32


Table of Contents

CORPORATE CONVERSION

Prior to October 1, 2017 we operated as a Texas limited liability company under the name Enforcement Video, LLC d/b/a WatchGuard Video. Effective as of October 1, 2017, we converted into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion and changed our name to WatchGuard, Inc. Holders of common membership units of Enforcement Video, LLC received one share of common stock of WatchGuard, Inc. for every one common membership unit. Each holder of an outstanding option to purchase common membership units received a replacement option to purchase an equivalent number of shares of common stock of WatchGuard, Inc. WGV Associates received an aggregate of 560,404 shares of common stock of WatchGuard, Inc. in exchange for the profits interest that it held in Enforcement Video, LLC, which shares were then distributed to the members of WGV Associates on a pro rata basis upon the dissolution of WGV Associates, which occured concurrently with the Corporate Conversion. Members of WGV Associates effectively received 0.7297 shares of common stock of WatchGuard, Inc. for every one common membership unit of WGV Associates.

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Company Agreement of Enforcement Video, LLC dated as of April 25, 2014, as amended, or the Company Agreement, upon the sale or other disposition of greater than 50% of its total assets, WGV Associates was entitled to receive a distribution equal to the excess, if any, of the proceeds from such sale over $68.0 million, multiplied by 9.16%. The Company Agreement did not specifically contemplate the treatment of the profits interest held by WGV Associates in the event of an initial public offering. As such, the number of shares issued to WGV Associates and thereafter distributed to the members of WGV Associates was determined based on the consideration allocable to the WGV Associates interest upon a hypothetical sale transaction, subject to a discount determined by the board of directors. All members of Enforcement Video, LLC and WGV Associates had the opportunity to vote on this approach when we sought their approval of the Corporate Conversion and related transactions.

In order to consummate the Corporate Conversion, a certificate of conversion was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas. Following the Corporate Conversion, WatchGuard, Inc. continues to hold all property and assets of Enforcement Video, LLC and all of the debts and obligations of Enforcement Video, LLC. WatchGuard, Inc. is now governed by a certificate of incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and bylaws, the material provisions of which are described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Capital Stock.” On the effective date of the Corporate Conversion, the members of the board of managers of Enforcement Video, LLC became the members of WatchGuard, Inc.’s board of directors and the officers of Enforcement Video, LLC became the officers of WatchGuard, Inc. As a result of the Corporate Conversion, the Company itself is now a federal taxpayer as opposed to a pass-through entity for tax purposes.

The purpose of the Corporate Conversion was to reorganize our corporate structure so that the top-tier entity in our corporate structure—the entity that is offering common stock to the public in this offering—is a corporation rather than a limited liability company and so that our existing investors own our common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company.

The table below sets forth the pre-IPO and expected post-IPO beneficial ownership percentages of (i) Robert Vanman, (ii) our directors and executive officers (excluding Mr. Vanman) as a group, (iii) the selling stockholders, (iv) other existing stockholders and (v) investors in the IPO, in each case based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus):

 

Holder

   Pre-IPO      Post-IPO  

Robert Vanman(1)

     3,958,621     

Directors and executive officers(2)

     675,998     

Selling stockholders

     

Other pre-IPO stockholders

     

Investors in the IPO

     —       

 

33


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes shares held by Vanman Family Partnership Ltd. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”
(2) Includes shares held by each of our directors and executive officers (other than Mr. Vanman), none of whom are participating in the IPO as selling stockholders.

Except as otherwise noted herein, the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are those of Enforcement Video, LLC and its consolidated subsidiary.

 

34


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus includes industry data and forecasts that we have prepared based, in part, upon data and forecasts obtained from third-party industry publications, surveys and forecasts, as well as internal studies. Third-party industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable.

The Gartner Report(s) described herein, (the “Gartner Report(s)”) represent(s) research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. (“Gartner”), and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this Prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report(s) are subject to change without notice.

Although certain of the companies that compete in our markets are publicly held as of the date of this prospectus, others are not. Accordingly, only limited public information is available with respect to our relative market strength or competitive position. Unless we state otherwise, our statements about our relative market strength and competitive position in this prospectus are based on our management’s beliefs, internal studies and knowledge of industry trends. Although we believe that such information is reliable, we have not had this information verified by any independent sources.

 

35


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $                 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from our initial public offering by $                 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for (i) the repayment of the outstanding balance under the TCB Revolving Facility, (ii) the repayment of the TCB Construction Loan, (iii) financing ongoing construction, furnishings and equipment costs related to our new headquarters and (iv) general corporate purposes, including additions to working capital and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to make acquisitions of or investments in complementary companies or technologies, although we do not have any agreement or understanding with respect to any such acquisition or investment at this time. We currently expect that we will use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

     Amount  

Use of Net Proceeds

   (in millions)  

Repayment of TCB Revolving Facility(1)

   $               

Repayment of TCB Construction Loan(2)

  

Future costs related to new headquarters

  

General corporate purposes

  
  

 

 

 

Total net proceeds

   $  

 

(1)

The TCB Revolving Facility accrues interest at a base rate (as determined by the loan agreement) or a rate of LIBOR plus 2.75% and matures on December 29, 2019.

(2)

The TCB Construction Loan accrues interest at a base rate (as determined pursuant to a formula set forth in the loan agreement) or a rate of LIBOR plus 2.75% and matures on June 30, 2027. The proceeds from such indebtedness will be used to finance the construction of our new corporate headquarters.

We will have broad discretion over how to use the net proceeds from this offering designated for general corporate purposes. We intend to invest the net proceeds to us from the offering that are not used as described above in direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government or registered U.S. money market fund shares, or hold the net proceeds as cash.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares offered by the selling stockholders.

 

36


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently expect to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and repayment of debt. After the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. See “Risk Factors—We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.” In addition, the TCB Revolving Facility and TCB Construction Loan prohibit the payment of dividends except in certain circumstances. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications of the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiary to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. Any financing arrangements that we enter into in the future may include restrictive covenants that limit our or our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends.    

Since January 1, 2015, we have made the following cash distributions to our common members, primarily for the payment of taxes:

 

     Amount  

Date

   (in thousands)  

January 2015

   $ 649  

April 2015

   $ 765  

June 2015

   $ 929  

August 2015

   $ 1,300  

January 2016

   $ 1,469  

April 2016

   $         1,400  

June 2016

   $ 666  

August 2016

   $ 943  

January 2017

   $ 2,271  

March 2017

   $ 104  

April 2017

   $ 2,230  

June 2017

   $ 1,386  

August 2017

   $ 3,000  

September 2017

   $ 2,350  

 

37


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, as well as our capitalization, as of September 30, 2017 as follows:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the Corporate Conversion; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving additional effect to (i) the issuance and sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, and (ii) the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read this table in conjunction with the sections entitled “Corporate Conversion,” “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Capital Stock” as well as the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2017  
     Actual      Pro
Forma
     Pro
Forma As
Adjusted(1)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share/unit
amounts and per share/unit
amounts)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,547      $ 2,547      $               
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt, current portion

     9,500        9,500     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     539        539     

Equity:

        

Common membership units, $0.00 par value, 9,604,556 units authorized, 8,044,100 units issued and outstanding, actual and subsequent event pro forma; no units authorized, no units issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     5,199        —       

Common stock, $0.001 par value, no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual and subsequent event pro forma; 90,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted;              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —          9     

Additional paid-in capital

     —          5,190     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     5,199        5,199     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 15,238      $ 15,238      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

38


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of your shares. Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value represents the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering.

Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017 was $                million, or $                per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017, after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion.

After giving effect to our sale in our initial public offering of              shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017 would have been approximately $         million, or $        per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to investors purchasing shares in our initial public offering.

The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial offering price per share

      $               

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2017

   $                  

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in our initial public offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after our initial public offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering

      $  
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma net tangible book value per share after our initial public offering by $                , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2017, after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion, the differences between the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and by our new investors purchasing shares in our initial public offering at the assumed initial public offering price of the common stock of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total
Consideration
    Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                        $               

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

               $              

 

39


Table of Contents

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors by $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase             additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own                % and our new investors would own                % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after our initial public offering.

The number of shares of common stock shown above to be outstanding after this offering is based on 8,604,504 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017, after giving effect to the Corporate Conversion and excludes 2,100,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the LTIP, of which (i) 30,000 shares are issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus at a weighted-average exercise price of $10.00 per share and (ii) 560,000 shares are issuable upon vesting of RSUs that we intend to grant immediately following the pricing of this offering (including              shares underlying RSUs to be granted to our executive officers).

 

40


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

We have derived the consolidated statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statements of income data for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2017 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which consist of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of those unaudited consolidated financial statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

Our selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
 
         2015              2016              2016              2017      
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated statements of income data:

           

Net revenues

   $ 58,217      $ 77,056      $ 54,728      $ 70,802  

Cost of goods sold and services provided

     24,826        33,664        24,207        30,326  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     33,391        43,392        30,521        40,476  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

     8,034        10,580        7,865        9,500  

Sales and marketing

     8,184        12,273        8,974        11,368  

General and administrative

     8,606        11,297        7,808        11,334  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     24,824        34,150        24,647        32,202  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     8,567        9,242        5,874        8,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

     (280      (240      (143      (24
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 8,287      $ 9,002      $ 5,731      $ 8,250  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma information (unaudited):(1)

           

Net income before pro forma
provision for income taxes

      $ 9,002         $ 8,250  

Pro forma provision for income taxes

        2,554           2,373  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

      $ 6,448         $ 5,877  
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share:

           

Basic

      $ 0.78         $ 0.71  

Diluted

      $ 0.73         $ 0.66  

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:

           

Basic

        8,271,766           8,271,766  

Diluted

        8,871,766           8,873,007  

 

41


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
     2015      2016      2017  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,934      $ 1,352      $ 2,547  

Working capital(2)

   $ 10,011      $ 14,047      $ 134  

Total assets

   $ 22,309      $ 29,535      $ 46,591  

Total indebtedness(3)

   $ 4,265      $ —        $ 10,039  

Total equity

   $ 4,060      $ 8,589      $ 5,199  

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2015      2016      2016      2017  

Supplemental Financial and Operating Data:

           

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)(4)

   $ 9,162      $ 10,738      $ 6,644      $ 10,046  

Purchases of plant, property and equipment (in thousands):

           

Related to new headquarters

   $ —        $ 504      $ 324      $ 13,354  

Other

   $ 411      $ 813      $ 649      $ 581  

Free cash flow (in thousands)(4)

   $ 8,751      $ 9,925      $ 5,988      $ 9,443  

Net unit shipments:(5)

           

In-car

     9,284        10,720        7,998        9,459  

Body-worn

     6,389        12,643        7,113        12,091  

 

(1) Unaudited pro forma provision for income taxes, net income and per share information gives effect to the Corporate Conversion and the impact of distributions in excess of current year’s earnings. Effective October 1, 2017, all of our outstanding equity interests were converted into shares of common stock. Members of WGV Associates, the entity that held a profits interest in Enforcement Video, LLC, received an aggregate of 560,404 shares of our common stock.
(2) Working capital is defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities.
(3) Indebtedness consists of borrowings outstanding under notes payable as of December 31, 2015 and borrowings outstanding under the TCB Revolving Facility and the TCB Construction Loan as of September 30, 2017.
(4) See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for how we define and calculate adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow, a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measures, and a discussion about the limitations of these non-GAAP financial measures.
(5) Net unit shipments reflects the number of in-car video or body-worn camera systems shipped in a particular period, less actual returns. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators.”

 

42


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as net income, plus interest (income) expense, net, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, certain transaction expenses that are not core to our operations and legal expenses related to recent patent litigation. Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as net income, as adjusted for the same items reflected in the definition of adjusted EBITDA, less purchases of plant, property and equipment that are not related to the construction of our new headquarters building. The following table reconciles net income, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, to adjusted EBITDA and to free cash flow for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2015             2016             2016             2017      
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of net income to adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow:

        

Net income

   $ 8,287     $ 9,002     $ 5,731     $ 8,250  

Interest expense, net

     280       240       143       24  

Depreciation and amortization

     492       567       378       430  

Stock-based compensation expense

     39       —         —         —    

Transaction expenses(1)

     64       —         —         —    

Patent litigation expenses(2)

     —         929       392       1,342  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 9,162     $ 10,738     $ 6,644     $ 10,046  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchases of plant, property and equipment unrelated to new headquarters

     (411     (813     (656     (603
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $ 8,751     $ 9,925     $ 5,988     $ 9,443  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects expenses incurred in connection with a contemplated private investment in the Company.
(2) Reflects expenses related to two patent lawsuits. In one such lawsuit, a jury recently ruled in our favor on all counts. The other lawsuit is ongoing. For additional information, see the section entitled “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

We believe that adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors. We believe these metrics are useful to investors because they facilitate comparisons of our core business operations across periods on a consistent basis, as well as comparisons with the results of peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement results under U.S. GAAP. In addition, adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow are measures that provide useful information to management about the amount of cash available for reinvestment in our business and other purposes. Management believes that adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow, when viewed in combination with our results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business and performance. Nevertheless, this information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for net income recognized in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

We understand that although adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow are frequently used by securities analysts, lenders and others in their evaluation of companies, adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow have limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

43


Table of Contents
   

adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; and

 

   

although depreciation and amortization is a non-cash charge, the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA and/or free cash flow differently or not at all, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures. You should consider adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow along with other financial performance measures, including net income, net cash used in operating activities, and our financial results presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

44


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with those statements. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are the leading provider of mobile video solutions for law enforcement. We have supplied our products to approximately one-third of all law enforcement agencies in the United States and Canada, including five of the 15 largest law enforcement agencies. We sell in-car video systems, body-worn cameras and evidence management software that are designed to meet the needs of law enforcement agencies of varying sizes and technological capabilities. This combination of durable, high-quality hardware and versatile software allows law enforcement agencies to reliably capture, manage, store and share video evidence. Further, we believe that the upcoming release of our fully hosted evidence management platform, EvidenceLibrary.com, will expand and enhance our product offering, particularly for agencies that prefer a cloud-based solution.

We generate revenues through the sale of in-car video systems, body-worn cameras, related back-office hardware and software site and device licenses associated with our evidence management platforms. To a lesser extent, we also generate revenues from the sale of software maintenance contracts, extended warranty contracts, technical services, after-market parts and product repairs.

Since our founding, we have pioneered purpose-built products that transform the way law enforcement captures, manages, stores and shares video evidence. Our history of innovation positions us at the forefront of fulfilling the video evidence needs of modern law enforcement. We invest significantly in research and development, and we utilize a custom design and development approach that enables our engineers to create differentiated, innovative, high-performance and feature-rich products.

The size of customer purchases generally varies based on the size of the agency. For example, smaller agencies typically purchase 10 to 50 units under a purchase order, whereas larger agencies tend to purchase under a contract covering hundreds or thousands of units. Contracts may cover an expected aggregate dollar amount and/or an expected total number of units to be purchased.

We believe that growth in our target markets has been, and will continue to be, driven by demand for high-quality video solutions that provide both the general public and law enforcement greater transparency and accountability in law enforcement incident reporting. As the in-car video industry continues to mature, we believe there will be an increasing awareness and demand for higher quality video evidence as well as additional product features and capabilities. As a leader in the mobile video solutions market, we believe that we are well-positioned to leverage our track record in innovation to increase our market share by expanding our platform capabilities. Further, we believe we can leverage our leading position in the in-car video market to gain market share in the growing body-worn camera market by delivering a fully integrated in-car video and body-worn camera solution. Nonetheless, our future growth is subject to a number of challenges, including expanding and maintaining our relationships with new and existing customers, outpacing competition from other companies that sell products that are similar to ours, preventing defects in our products, attracting and retaining qualified personnel, and investing in research and development so we can design, introduce, and sell new, innovative products successfully.

 

45


Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, our net revenues were $58.2 million and $77.1 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 32.4%. This growth was supported by sales of 9,284 in-car video systems and 6,389 body-worn cameras in 2015 and 10,720 in-car video systems and 12,643 body-worn cameras in 2016, representing year-over-year growth of 15.5% for in-car video systems and 97.9% for body-worn cameras. Our net income for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 was $8.3 million and $9.0 million, respectively, and our pro forma net income (after provision for income taxes) for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $6.4 million. Our adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 was $9.2 million and $10.7 million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Net income is the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income to adjusted EBITDA.

Corporate Conversion

Prior to October 1, 2017, we were a Texas limited liability company named Enforcement Video, LLC. Effective October 1, 2017, we converted into a Delaware corporation pursuant to a statutory conversion, or the Corporate Conversion, and changed our name to WatchGuard, Inc. All of our outstanding equity interests were converted into shares of common stock. Members of WGV Associates LLC, which held a profits interest in Enforcement Video, LLC, received an aggregate of 560,404 shares of our common stock. For more information, please see “Corporate Conversion.”

Following the Corporate Conversion, WatchGuard, Inc. continues to hold all of the property and assets of Enforcement Video, LLC and all of the debts and obligations of Enforcement Video, LLC continue as the debts and obligations of WatchGuard, Inc. The purpose of the Corporate Conversion was to reorganize our corporate structure so that the top-tier entity in our corporate structure—the entity that is offering common stock to the public in this offering—is a corporation rather than a limited liability company and so that our existing investors own our common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company. Except as otherwise noted herein, the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are those of Enforcement Video, LLC and its consolidated subsidiary.

Key Performance Indicators

We regularly review financial metrics, together with net unit shipments, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make operating and strategic decisions.

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2015              2016              2015              2016              2017      

Net unit shipments

              

In-car

     9,284        10,720        7,090        7,998        9,459  

Body-worn

     6,389        12,643       
4,598
 
     7,113        12,091  

Net unit shipments reflects the number of in-car video or body-worn camera systems shipped in a particular period, less actual returns. Net unit shipments is a key driver of our net revenues. For purposes of the table above, “in-car” includes shipments of motorcycle cameras and interview room cameras, given that the components and general configurations of our motorcycle, interview room and in-car video systems are substantially similar. Net unit shipments does not account for variations in purchases of back-office hardware.

Components of Results of Operations

Net Revenues

Net revenues represent revenues less actual and estimated returns. We generate revenues through the sale of in-car video systems, body-worn cameras, back-office hardware, software site and device licenses, software

 

46


Table of Contents

maintenance contracts, extended warranty contracts, technical services, after-market parts, product repairs and freight. In connection with the purchase of our 4RE in-car video system and/or VISTA body-worn cameras, agencies must also deploy one of our evidence management platforms. We currently offer two evidence management platforms: Evidence Library 4 Web, or EL4WEB, and Evidence Library Express 3, or ELX-3. EL4WEB is an enterprise class, web-based evidence management platform that supports both on-premise and hybrid (on-premise server and cloud storage) evidence management systems. ELX-3 is our evidence management platform designed for smaller agencies that do not require wireless uploading or support for remote (or networked) clients. Agencies that deploy EL4WEB are charged a one-time fee for each site license as well as a per-device license fee. Although software site and device licenses are required for ELX-3, the costs are included in the system price.

Our customers purchase our solutions in varying configurations. Product, software site and device license revenue is recognized when the product is shipped to the end customer. Service and installation revenue is deferred and recognized upon the performance of the service or installation. Repair revenue is recognized upon shipment of the repaired product. Revenue for extended warranty and software maintenance contracts is deferred and recognized over the term of the contract on a straight-line method.

The table below sets forth a summary of the components of net revenues for the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2015                     2016                     2016                     2017          

In-car video system(1)

     75.7     68.3     71.3     65.3

Body-worn camera system(1)

     9.8       16.4       12.3       19.3  

Software(2)

     2.9       4.6       5.3       4.4  

Extended warranties

     3.8       3.8       3.9       4.7  

Other(3)

     7.8       6.9       7.2       6.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of in-car or body-worn camera, as applicable, related hardware and related back-office hardware.
(2) Consists of revenue recognized with respect to software licenses and software maintenance contracts.
(3) Consists of technical services, after-market parts, product repairs and freight.

Historically, substantially all of our net revenues have been generated from sales to customers in North America. For the year ended December 31, 2015, no customer represented more than 5% of our net revenues, and for the year ended December 31, 2016, no customer represented more than 10% of net revenues and only one customer represented more than 5% of net revenues.

We expect net revenues to increase as we introduce new products, expand our customer base and renew and expand relationships with existing customers. We also expect that revenues from our body-worn cameras and upcoming cloud offering will constitute a greater percentage of total revenues in future periods.

Cost of Goods Sold and Services Provided, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Cost of goods sold consists of material, direct labor and overhead costs related to the manufacturing of our products. Shipping costs incurred related to product delivery are also included in cost of goods sold. Cost of services provided includes primarily repair work, software maintenance and support costs.

Gross profit is equal to net revenues less cost of goods sold and services provided. Gross profit as a percentage of net revenues is referred to as gross margin. Fluctuations in our gross margin from quarter to quarter occur primarily due to product mix and customer mix, and secondarily due to changes in the cost of materials, labor and overhead, warranty costs, freight costs and other inventory costs. Although our in-car video systems

 

47


Table of Contents

generate higher gross margin than our body-worn camera systems, in recent periods we have maintained relatively constant gross margin primarily due to the offsetting effect of growing sales of higher gross margin software licenses and software maintenance contracts, as well as the effects of reduced warranty costs as newly introduced products become more seasoned. We expect our gross margin to remain relatively constant on an annual basis based on these factors.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses.

Research and development. In order to provide our customers with compelling, leading-edge products, we have historically made substantial investments in research and development. Research and development expenses include compensation and other related costs for research and development personnel as well as engineering costs for product prototypes. We expect that our research and development expenses will continue to grow on an absolute dollar basis as we increase headcount and invest in the development of new solutions for the benefit of new and existing customers.

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses include compensation and other personnel-related costs for our direct sales and marketing staff, commissions, travel, advertising expenses and other related costs. Our principal marketing efforts include in-field events, such as industry trade shows and customer best practices workshops, advertising in print and online law enforcement publications, search engine optimization and email campaigns. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase on an absolute dollar basis due to headcount increases, compensation tied to sales performance, and our efforts to capture additional market share in both the in-car video and body-worn camera markets.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses include compensation and other personnel-related costs for senior executives and accounting, human resources, customer support, management information systems and operations support personnel, as well as legal fees, professional fees, depreciation and amortization costs and other corporate expenses. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as a result of additional accounting, compliance, investor relations and other costs associated with being a public company. Beginning in 2018, we also expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses related to the operation of our new corporate headquarters, such as increased costs for utilities, insurance and depreciation.

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense is included within the costs of goods sold and services provided and operating expenses line items summarized above. We expect to incur approximately $             million in non-cash stock-based compensation expense related to the grant of RSUs in connection with this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Furthermore, we expect non-cash stock-based compensation expense to be higher in future periods as the RSU awards will be expensed over the requisite 180-day service period, with $             expected to be expensed in 2017 and $             expected to be expensed in the first half of 2018.

Interest (Expense) Income, net

To date, interest income has been de minimis. We expect to invest a portion of the proceeds from this offering in interest-bearing, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government and, as such, we expect interest income to increase in future periods. We incur interest expense related to our indebtedness. Because we intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to repay the TCB Revolving Facility and TCB Construction Loan, we expect that interest expense will be immaterial for the foreseeable future.

 

48


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected consolidated statements of income data and such data as a percentage of net revenues for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2015             2016             2016             2017      
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated statements of income data:

        

Net revenues

   $ 58,217     $ 77,056     $ 54,728     $ 70,802  

Cost of goods sold and services provided

     24,826       33,664       24,207       30,326  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     33,391       43,392       30,521       40,476  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     8,034       10,580       7,865       9,500  

Sales and marketing

     8,184       12,273       8,974       11,368  

General and administrative

     8,606       11,297       7,808       11,334  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     24,824       34,150       24,647       32,202  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     8,567       9,242       5,874       8,274  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

     (280     (240     (143     (24
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 8,287     $ 9,002     $ 5,731     $ 8,250  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2015             2016             2016             2017      

Consolidated statements of income data:

        

Net revenues

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of goods sold and services provided

     42.6       43.7       44.2       42.8  

Gross margin

     57.4       56.3       55.8       57.2  

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

     13.8       13.7       14.4       13.4  

Sales and marketing

     14.1       15.9       16.4       16.1  

General and administrative

     14.8       14.7       14.3       16.0  

Total operating expenses

     42.6       44.3       45.1       45.5  

Operating income

     14.7       12.0       10.7       11.7  

Interest expense, net

     (0.5     (0.3     (0.2     —    

Net income

     14.2       11.7       10.5       11.7  

 

49


Table of Contents

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016 Compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017

Net Revenues

Set forth below is a summary of the components of net revenues for the periods indicated.

 

   

Nine Months Ended September 30,

 
    2016     2017  
    (in thousands)  

Net revenues

   

In-car video system(1)

  $ 39,026     $ 46,265  

Body-worn camera system(1)

    6,739       13,634  

Software(2)

    2,876       3,089  

Extended warranties

    2,125       3,344  

Other(3)

    3,962       4,470  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 54,728     $ 70,802  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of in-car or body-worn camera, as applicable, related hardware and related back-office hardware.
(2) Consists of revenue recognized with respect to software licenses and software maintenance contracts.
(3) Consists of technical services, after-market parts, product repairs and freight.

Net revenues were $70.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to $54.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, representing an increase of $16.1 million, or 29.4%. Net revenues from our in-car video system increased $7.2 million, or 18.5%, as a result of increased sales volume. We shipped 7,998 in-car video systems in the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 9,459 in-car video systems in the nine months ended September 30, 2017, representing a 18.3% increase. Net revenues from our body-worn cameras increased $6.9 million, or 102.3%. We shipped 7,113 body-worn cameras in the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 12,091 body-worn cameras in the nine months ended September 30, 2017, representing a 70.0% increase. The increase in net revenues attributable to our body-worn camera system was a result of increased sales volume and a higher average selling price due to the introduction of VISTA WiFi. We attribute the increases in net revenues from both our in-car video systems and body-worn camera systems to our increased investments in sales and marketing, increased adoption rates among our existing customers, the addition of new customers and the introduction or our integrated solution. Net revenues from software increased 7.4% as a result of increased sales volume and a larger installed base generating ongoing software maintenance fees. The 57.4% increase in net revenues from extended warranties is attributable to a larger installed base during the four years preceding the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the four years preceding the nine months ended September 30, 2016, given that our extended warranties typically cover years two through five following purchase. Other revenues increased generally as a reflection of overall volume increases.

Cost of Goods Sold and Services Provided, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Cost of goods sold and services provided was $30.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to $24.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, representing an increase of $6.1 million, or 25.3%. The increase in cost of goods sold and services provided was primarily due to higher sales volume. Gross profit was $40.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to $30.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, representing an increase of $10.0 million, or 32.6%. Gross margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 increased 140 basis points as compared to gross margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, primarily because a greater percentage of net revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was attributable to large orders, which tend to generate lower margins for us. Further, a greater percentage of net revenues attributable to in-car video systems for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was related to back-office hardware, which also generates lower margins.

 

50


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Research and development. Research and development expenses were $9.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to $7.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, representing an increase of $1.6 million, or 20.8%. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to compensation costs related to additional personnel. Research and development headcount increased by 28.1% from the comparable period in 2016.

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses were $11.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to $9.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, representing an increase of $2.4 million, or 26.7%. The increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to compensation costs related to additional personnel and commissions on higher revenues. Sales and marketing headcount increased by 8.9% from the comparable period in 2016.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses were $11.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to $7.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, representing an increase of $3.5 million, or 45.2%. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to compensation costs related to additional personnel and legal fees related to two patent lawsuits.

Interest (Expense) Income, Net

Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was $24,000 compared to $143,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was related to the line of credit, whereas interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was related to the notes payable retired at December 31, 2016.

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016

Net Revenues

Set forth below is a summary of the components for net revenues for the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2015              2016  
     (in thousands)  

Net revenues

     

In-car video system(1)

   $ 44,076      $ 52,609  

Body-worn camera system(1)

     5,670        12,628  

Software(2)

     1,702        3,522  

Extended warranties

     2,211        2,954  

Other(3)

     4,558        5,343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 58,217      $ 77,056  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of in-car or body-worn camera, as applicable, related hardware and related back-office hardware.
(2) Consists of revenue recognized with respect to software licenses and software maintenance contracts.
(3) Consists of technical services, after-market parts, product repairs and freight.

Net revenues were $77.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $58.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing an increase of $18.8 million, or 32.4%. The increase in net revenues was primarily attributable to an increase of $8.5 million, or 19.4%, in net revenues attributable to our in-car video system resulting from increased sales volume. We shipped 9,284 in-car video systems in 2015 and 10,720 in-car video systems in 2016, representing a 15.5% increase. The percentage increase in net revenues attributable to in-car video systems was greater than the increase in net unit shipments of in-car video systems because back-office hardware made up a greater percentage of in-car video system revenues in 2016 as compared to

 

51


Table of Contents

2015. Sales of back-office hardware affect revenue from in-car video systems but do not affect the net unit shipment figure for in-car video systems. We also added seven new regional sales managers during 2016, which drove increases in volume. Net revenues from sales of our body-worn camera system increased by $7.0 million, or 122.7%, due to increased sales volume. We shipped 6,389 body-worn camera systems in 2015 and 12,643 body-worn camera systems in 2016, representing a 97.9% increase. This increase was primarily due to the introduction of our VISTA WiFi model in September 2016. Net revenues from software increased 106.9% as a result of increased sales volume and a larger installed base generating ongoing software maintenance fees. The 33.6% increase in net revenues from extended warranties is attributable to a larger installed base during the four years preceding the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the four years preceding the year ended December 31, 2015, given that our extended warranties often cover years two through five following purchase. Other revenues increased generally as a reflection of overall volume increases.

Cost of Goods Sold and Services Provided, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Cost of goods sold and services provided was $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $24.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing an increase of $8.8 million, or 35.6%. The increase in cost of goods sold and services provided was due to higher sales volume in 2016 as compared to 2015. Gross profit was $43.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $33.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing an increase of $10.0 million, or 29.9%. The increase in gross profit was due to higher sales volume in 2016 as compared to 2015. Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased 105 basis points as compared to gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to increased warranty costs for our body-worn cameras and, to a lesser extent, a higher percentage of revenue from our body-worn camera solution compared to our in-car video solution.

Operating Expenses

Research and development. Research and development expenses were $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing an increase of $2.5 million, or 31.7%. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to increased compensation and other personnel-related costs as we made a concerted effort to expand our engineering team during the year to support current development projects and ramp up for anticipated product releases in future periods. We increased our research and development headcount 21.6% year-over-year.

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses were $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing an increase of $4.1 million, or 50.0%. We increased our sales and marketing headcount 48.7% year-over-year and, as a result, experienced increases in compensation and other related costs for sales and marketing personnel, including higher commissions associated with the year-over-year increase in net revenues.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses were $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing an increase of $2.7 million, or 31.3%. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increased legal fees related to two patent lawsuits as well as compensation and other personnel-related costs for newly hired customer support staff to support our growth.

Interest (Expense) Income, Net

Interest expense was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, representing a decrease of less than $0.1 million, or 14.3%. Interest expense decreased year-over-year as we paid off the outstanding balance of the TCB Term Loan.

 

52


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of income data for the 11 quarters beginning with the three months ended March 31, 2015. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, which includes only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods in accordance with U.S. GAAP. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar 31,
2015
    Jun 30,
2015
    Sep 30,
2015
    Dec 31,
2015
    Mar 31,
2016
    Jun 30,
2016
    Sep 30,
2016
    Dec 31,
2016
    Mar 31,
2017
    Jun 30,
2017
    Sep 30,
2017
 
    (in thousands)        

Consolidated statements of income data:

                     

Net revenues

  $ 12,939     $ 15,152     $ 15,619     $ 14,507     $ 17,864     $ 18,398     $ 18,466     $ 22,328     $ 22,643     $ 24,932     $ 23,227  

Cost of goods sold and services provided

    5,630       6,429       6,617       6,150       8,173       8,051       7,983       9,457       9,840       10,270       10,216  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    7,309       8,723       9,002       8,357       9,691       10,347       10,483       12,871       12,803       14,662       13,011  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                     

Research and development

    1,530       1,887       2,137       2,480       2,575       2,754       2,536       2,715       2,837       3,253       3,410  

Sales and marketing

    1,720       1,978       2,116       2,370       2,771       3,001       3,214       3,287       3,909       3,918       3,541  

General and administrative

    2,013       2,134       2,173       2,286       2,402       2,599       2,807       3,489       3,134       4,203       3,997  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    2,046       2,724       2,576       1,221       1,943       1,993       1,926       3,380       2,923       3,288       2,063  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest (expense) income, net

    (79     (79     (69     (53     (56     (45     (42     (97     1       (14     (11
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 1,967     $ 2,645     $ 2,507     $ 1,168     $ 1,887     $ 1,948     $ 1,884     $ 3,283     $ 2,924     $ 3,274     $ 2,052  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of September 30, 2017, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $2.5 million and accounts receivable totaling $14.5 million. Our cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of deposit accounts and money market funds.

Cash flow from operations has historically been sufficient to fund our day-to-day cash requirements. We generally extend customers net 30 payment terms following product shipment and we do not provide long-term financing. We use days sales outstanding, or DSO, as a measure of how efficiently we are managing the billing and collection of our accounts receivable balances. We calculate DSO by dividing our accounts receivable balance at period end by average daily invoicing for the relevant quarter. Generally, a lower DSO equates to a lower investment in accounts receivable and, therefore, more efficient use of capital. We work to reduce DSO in order to improve operating cash flows. Our DSO was 48.5 and 56.7 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and 54.0 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

We view inventory turns as an indicator of how well we are managing our inventory levels. We calculate inventory turns by dividing our cost of goods sold and services provided for the period by the average inventory balance for the period. Inventory turns are presented on an annualized basis. Higher inventory turns result in more working capital availability and a higher return on our investments in inventory. Inventory turns were 2.96 and 3.64 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and 3.94 for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

 

53


Table of Contents

As of February 21, 2013, we had available a revolving line of credit with Texas Capital Bank, National Association, or the TCB Revolving Facility, under which we could originally draw up to an aggregate maximum amount equal to the lesser of (i) $6.5 million or (ii) the sum of 80% of the value of Eligible Accounts and 50% of the value of Eligible Inventory (as each such terms are defined therein). On December 29, 2016, we amended the TCB Revolving Facility to increase the aggregate maximum amount available thereunder to $13.5 million, which may be increased by an additional $2.5 million. Beginning on December 29, 2017 and on each subsequent anniversary thereof until the maturity date of the TCB Revolving Facility on December 29, 2019, the maximum borrowing amount under the revolving line of credit will be automatically and permanently reduced by $1.15 million. Until September 25, 2017, borrowings could be made up to an amount that, if borrowed, would cause the Availability Leverage Ratio (defined as the ratio of all funded debt of the Company to the Company’s EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters recently ended) to exceed 2.0 to 1.0. Under the terms of the amended TCB Revolving Facility, borrowings may bear interest either at a “base rate” or a “LIBOR” rate, each as defined therein. The interest rate on the TCB Revolving Facility is, with respect to “base rate” loans, the base rate plus 0% and, with respect to “LIBOR” rate loans, LIBOR plus 2.75%. Until July 31, 2017, all borrowings and obligations owed to the lenders under the TCB Revolving Facility were collateralized by substantially all of our assets (other than 420 E Exchange Parkway, LLC), a key man life insurance policy in the amount of $3.5 million, and 91.1% of the common membership interests of Enforcement Video, LLC. While there was no balance outstanding under the TCB Revolving Facility as of December 31, 2016, we made draws under the TCB Revolving Facility to finance initial construction costs of our new corporate headquarters prior to the execution of the TCB Construction Loan (as defined below) and, as a result, the outstanding balance under the TCB Revolving Facility was $9.5 million as of September 30, 2017. On July 31, 2017, Texas Capital Bank, National Association, or TCB, and Origin Bank released the security interests with respect to 40.02% of the common membership interests of Enforcement Video, LLC. On September 25, 2017, we amended and restated the TCB Revolving Facility to allow for the issuance of securities in connection with the Corporate Conversion and this offering and to reduce the Availability Leverage Ratio to 1.0 to 1.0. We also removed the collateralization of the remaining 51.08% of the common membership interests of Enforcement Video, LLC and obtained releases of the security interests with respect to such common membership interests.

On February 21, 2013, we also borrowed $6.0 million from TCB pursuant to a term note, or the TCB Term Loan. The TCB Term Loan accrued interest at the rate equal to the lesser of (i) the bank’s prime rate plus 1.00%, (ii) a minimum rate based on a funded debt to EBITDA ratio and (iii) the maximum interest rate chargeable by law and had a maturity date of February 21, 2018. On February 27, 2014, we refinanced a note payable with an outstanding balance of $3.0 million and rolled it into the TCB Term Loan, such that the outstanding balance of the TCB Term Loan was $8.3 million as of February 27, 2014. The refinanced TCB Term Loan was further amended on July 31, 2014. The TCB Term Loan accrues interest at the bank’s prime rate plus 1.00%, matures February 28, 2019, and is secured by our assets and 91.1% of our common membership interests. In December 2016, we used cash generated from operations to repay the entire outstanding balance of the TCB Term Loan and, as of December 31, 2016, there was no balance outstanding under the TCB Term Loan.

We are currently in the process of constructing our new corporate headquarters, which is due to be completed in May 2018. Our new headquarters will contain approximately 137,500 square feet of space and support up to 500 employees, with expansion capabilities of an additional 72,000 square feet and 250 more employees. We are financing construction with construction loans in an aggregate principal amount of $24.8 million provided by TCB and Origin Bank to 420 E Exchange Parkway, LLC under a construction loan agreement dated as of June 30, 2017, or the TCB Construction Loan, which amends and restates a $26.0 million promissory note dated January 27, 2017 in favor of TCB. The interest rate on the TCB Construction Loan is, with respect to “base rate” loans, a base rate determined pursuant to a formula set forth in the loan agreement and, with respect to “LIBOR” rate loans, LIBOR plus 2.75%. On or before October 17, 2018, the TCB Construction Loan will be converted into a $24.8 million term loan, with a 20-year amortization period and a maturity date of June 30, 2027. The TCB Construction Loan and all obligations owed to the lenders thereunder are guaranteed by us and collateralized by substantially all of the assets of 420 E Exchange Parkway, LLC.

 

54


Table of Contents

We are required to comply with certain financial and non-financial covenants under the TCB Revolving Facility, including maintaining a fixed charge coverage ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Fixed Charges (both as defined therein) of greater than 1.25 to 1.0, which is measured on a quarterly basis. Further, until amounts under the TCB Revolving Facility are repaid, we may not, subject to certain exceptions, (i) incur any additional debt, (ii) permit liens on our property, assets or revenues, (iii) make any distributions or other payments on our equity interests except for permitted tax distributions, (iv) redeem or otherwise acquire any of our equity interests, (v) issue equity other than to our employees, (vi) dispose of certain of our assets, (vii) amend our constituent documents and (viii) make certain changes to management. We must also (a) maintain a certain Leverage Ratio (as defined therein) of greater than 4.0 to 1.0, (b) maintain a ratio of Adjusted EBITDA minus Discretionary Distributions (as defined therein) to Fixed Charges (as defined therein) greater than 1.10 to 1.0, (c) maintain a certain EBITDA (as defined therein), (d) not allow Capital Expenditures (as defined therein) to exceed $1.5 million and (e) maintain a certain minimum Asset Coverage (as defined therein) ratio of at least 1.5 to 1.0.

An event of default under the TCB Revolving Facility includes, among other events, (i) failure to pay principal or interest when due, (ii) breaches of certain covenants, (iii) any failure to meet the required financial covenants and (iv) an institution of bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation or receivership. As of September 30, 2017, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the TCB Revolving Facility.

We are also required to comply with certain financial and non-financial covenants under the TCB Construction Loan. The TCB Construction Loan includes substantially the same covenants and definition of event of default as those disclosed above with respect to the TCB Revolving Facility. As of September 30, 2017, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the TCB Construction Loan.

Liquidity Outlook

Our cash flows from operating activities have historically been significantly impacted by profitability, extended warranty and software maintenance contracts received but deferred, and our investment in research and development to drive growth. Our ability to meet future liquidity needs will be driven by our operating performance, the extent of continued investment in our operations and the introduction of SaaS revenue in late 2017. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents and cash provided by this offering will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs over at least the next 12 months. Failure to generate sufficient revenue and related cash flows or to raise additional capital could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet our liquidity needs and achieve our business objectives.

Depending on certain growth opportunities, we may choose to accelerate investments in sales and marketing, research and development, acquisitions, technology and services, which may require the use of proceeds from this offering for such additional expansion and expenditures. Actual future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our future revenues, cash from operating activities and the level of expenditures in all areas of our business.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017.

 

     Year ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2015                     2016                     2016                     2017          
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by (used in):

        

Operating activities

   $ 8,323     $ 8,222     $ 6,720     $ 16,867  

Investing activities

     (593     (1,474     (1,093     (14,084

Financing activities

     (6,267     (8,438     (6,046     (1,601

 

55


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, net cash provided by operating activities was $16.9 million. Cash flows from operating activities resulted from net income of $8.3 million, net change in working capital of $7.8 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.4 million and provision for inventory obsolescence and bad debt of $0.4 million. Net income increased by 44.0% over the comparable period in 2016, primarily as a result of higher sales volume with respect to both our in-car video and body-worn camera systems combined with higher margins, which was partially offset by higher operating expenses. Working capital increased primarily as a result of a $6.5 million increase in accrued liabilities and a $4.0 million increase in deferred revenues. The increase in accrued liabilities was primarily the result of increased construction costs and the increase in deferred revenues was driven by continued sales growth of hardware warranties and software maintenance contracts.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, net cash provided by operating activities was $6.7 million. Cash flows from operating activities resulted from net income of $5.7 million, provision for inventory obsolescence and bad debt of $0.6 million and depreciation and amortization of $0.5 million, partially offset by a decrease in working capital of $0.1 million. Net income decreased by 18.7% over the comparable period in 2015, primarily as a result of lower margins due to increased warranty costs and higher operating expenses, partially offset by an increase in sales volume. Working capital decreased primarily as a result of an increase in accounts receivable of $3.5 million and an increase in inventory of $1.1 million, each of which was driven by continued sales growth.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash provided by operating activities was $8.2 million. Cash flows from operating activities resulted primarily from net income of $9.0 million and depreciation and amortization of $0.7 million, partially offset by a net decrease in working capital of $1.8 million. Net income increased by 8.6% over the comparable period in 2015, primarily as a result of higher sales volume with respect to both our in-car video and body-worn camera systems, which was partially offset by lower margins and higher operating expenses. The decrease in working capital primarily resulted from accounts receivable of $7.4 million, which was partially offset by accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $2.5 million and deferred revenue of $4.4 million. Deferred revenue was driven by continued sales growth of hardware warranties and software maintenance contracts.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash provided by operating activities was $8.3 million. Cash flows from operating activities resulted primarily from net income of $8.3 million and depreciation and amortization of $0.5 million, partially offset by a net decrease in working capital of $0.4 million. Net income increased by 29.7% over the comparable period in 2014, primarily as a result of higher sales volume with respect to both our in-car video and body-worn camera systems combined with increased margins, which was partially offset by higher operating expenses. Working capital remained relatively flat compared to the same period in 2014 due to deferred revenue of $1.3 million that was partially offset by an increase in accounts receivables and inventory.

Investing Activities

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, net cash used in investing activities was $14.1 million. Net cash used in investing activities resulted primarily from $13.4 million in land and construction costs related to the new company headquarters, $0.6 million in equipment purchases and $0.1 million in intangible asset investments.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $1.1 million. Net cash used in investing activities resulted primarily from $0.7 million in equipment purchases, $0.3 million in construction costs related to the new company headquarters and $0.1 million in intangible asset investments.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $1.5 million. Net cash used in investing activities resulted primarily from $1.3 million in equipment purchases, which was primarily due to manufacturing tooling costs, automobile purchases for our sales team and computer purchases to accommodate increased headcount.

 

56


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash used in investing activities was $0.6 million. Net cash used in investing activities resulted primarily from $0.4 million in equipment purchases, which was primarily due to manufacturing tooling costs and computer purchases to accommodate increased headcount.

Financing Activities

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, net cash used in financing activities was $1.6 million. Net cash used in financing activities resulted primarily from $11.7 million used for distributions to common members, which offset $9.5 million in borrowings against the TCB Revolving Facility and $0.5 million in borrowings against the TCB Construction Loan.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2016, net cash used in financing activities was $6.0 million. Net cash used in financing activities resulted primarily from $4.6 million in distributions to common members for purposes of estimated tax payments and $1.7 million in payments against the term loan. A $0.3 million repayment of a note receivable from a related party partially offset the amount of cash used in financing activities for this period.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash used in financing activities was $8.4 million. Net cash used in financing activities resulted primarily from $4.3 million in payments against the term loan and $4.5 million used for distributions to common members for purposes of estimated tax payments.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash used in financing activities was $6.3 million. Net cash used in financing activities resulted primarily from $3.6 million in distributions to common members for purposes of estimated tax payments and $2.7 million in payments against the term loan.

Contractual Obligations

Our principal commitments primarily consist of our leases for office space. We discuss our commitments and contingencies in Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

As of December 31, 2016, the future non-cancelable minimum payments under these commitments were as follows:

 

            Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less
than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More
than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations:

              

Facilities space

   $ 1,128      $ 532      $ 596      $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,128      $ 532      $ 596      $ —        $ —    

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Through December 31, 2016, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We had cash and cash equivalents totaling $2.5 million as of September 30, 2017. We consider all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The amount was invested primarily in deposit accounts and money market funds. The cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes.

 

57


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2017, we had $9.5 million of borrowings outstanding under the TCB Revolving Facility. As of September 30, 2017, the interest rate on the first $5.0 million of borrowings under the TCB Revolving Facility was 3.99%, the interest rate on the next $2.0 million tranche was 3.98% and the interest rate on the remaining $2.5 million of borrowings under the TCB Revolving Facility was 4.25%. As of September 30, 2017, we had $539,000 of borrowings outstanding under the TCB Construction Loan. The interest rate on the TCB Construction Loan was 3.99% as of September 30, 2017.

On January 31, 2017, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with TCB, pursuant to which we will make monthly fixed rate payments at 5.445% on a notional amount of $26.5 million beginning September 1, 2018.

We do not have any material exposure to exchange rate fluctuations or to inflation.

New and Revised Financial Accounting Standards

The JOBS Act permits emerging growth companies such as us to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We will avail ourselves of this relief.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we continually evaluate our estimates and assumptions believed to be reasonable under current facts and circumstances. Actual amounts and results may differ from these estimates made by management under different assumptions and conditions.

Revenue Recognition

We sell our products and services to law enforcement and commercial customers. Sales to customers are made through our sales force, comprised of employees and independent contractors, either directly to the end customer (typically a law enforcement agency or a commercial customer) or through a reseller. Revenue includes the sale of physical products, corresponding extended warranties and other related accessories. Revenue also includes subscriptions to our software and software maintenance contracts, which gives the customer the right to future enhancements. We also recognize product repair revenue and other professional service revenue.

Revenue from the sale of products is recorded when the product is shipped, title and risk of loss have transferred to the purchaser, payment terms are fixed or determinable and payment is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized upon shipment of the product and acceptance of the service or materials by the end customer. Product revenue is recorded when the product is shipped to the end customer. Sales taxes collected on products sold are excluded from revenue and are reported as an accrued expense in the accompanying balance sheets until payments are remitted.

Revenue for extended warranty and other software maintenance contracts are treated as deferred revenue and recognized over the term of the contracted warranty or service period on a straight line method.

When free products are offered as part of multiple deliverable transactions, total consideration is separated and allocated between the elements.

Multiple element arrangements consisting of product, software, software maintenance and extended warranties are offered to our customers. Revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are divided into separate units and revenue is allocated using the relative selling price method based upon vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price or third-party evidence of the selling prices if vendor-specific objective

 

58


Table of Contents

evidence of selling prices does not exist. If neither vendor-specific objective evidence nor third-party evidence exists, management uses its best estimate of selling price. The majority of our allocations of arrangement consideration under multiple element arrangements are performed using vendor-specific objective evidence by utilizing prices charged to customers for deliverables when sold separately.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We consider the following factors when determining the collectibility of specific customer accounts: customer creditworthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic industry trends, and changes in customer payment terms. Past due balances over 90 days and other higher risk amounts are reviewed individually for collectibility. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, adversely affecting their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required. We also calculate a percentage of total accounts receivable to be potentially uncollectible based on our estimates and assumptions each year.

Based on our assessment, we provide for estimated uncollectible amounts through a charge to general and administrative expense and a credit to a valuation allowance. Balances that remain outstanding after we have used reasonable collection efforts are written off through a charge to the valuation allowance and a credit to accounts receivable.

Inventories

Inventories consist of material, direct labor, and manufacturing labor and overhead and are stated at the lower of cost or fair market value and include provisions for obsolescence commensurate with known or estimated exposures to reduce their net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out, or FIFO, method.

Warranties

We provide product warranties for specific products and accrue for estimated future warranty costs in the period in which the revenue is recognized. Provision for estimated warranty costs is charged to costs of good sold and services delivered when revenue is recorded for the related product made in the period in which such costs become probable and is periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. We warrant our products against defects in design, materials, and workmanship generally for one to five years. A provision for estimated future costs related to warranty expense is recorded when products are shipped. Our warranty accruals are based on our best estimates of product failure rates and unit costs to repair. Costs related to extended warranties are charged to costs of goods sold and services delivered when incurred. The amount of accrued warranty costs as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and September 30, 2017 was $280,000, $609,000 and $621,000, respectively, and is included in “Accrued expenses” on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Based on the information available, we believe the accrual for warranty costs at December 31, 2015 and 2016 is adequate; however, actual expenses may exceed the amounts recorded.

Contingencies

Certain conditions may exist as of the date the financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to us but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. Along with our legal counsel, we assess such contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against us or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, our legal counsel evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein.

 

59


Table of Contents

If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability would be accrued in our financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a potentially material loss contingency is not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss if determinable and material, would be disclosed.

Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless they involve guarantees, in which case the nature of the guarantee would be disclosed.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU 2014-09 requires entities to recognize revenue through the application of a five-step model, which includes identification of the contract, identification of the performance obligations, determination of the transaction price, allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations and recognition of revenue as the entity satisfies the performance obligations. Subsequently, the FASB issued the following accounting standard updates related to Topic 606, Revenue Contracts with Customers:

 

   

ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) in March 2016. ASU 2016-08 does not change the core principle of revenue recognition in Topic 606 but clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations.

 

   

ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing in April 2016. ASU 2016-10 does not change the core principle of revenue recognition in Topic 606 but clarifies the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and licensing.

 

   

ASUs No. 2016-12 and 2016-20, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. These ASUs do not change the core principle of revenue recognition in Topic 606 but clarifies the implementation guidance on a few narrow areas and adds some practical expedients to the guidance.

The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. We are evaluating what impact, if any, the adoption of this ASU will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued guidance to reduce diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new amendment is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those periods, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this standard will have on our statement of cash flows.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes: (Topic 740).” This update aligns the presentation of deferred income tax assets and liabilities with International Financial Reporting Standards, which requires deferred tax assets and liabilities to be classified as noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. The current requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets be offset and presented as a single amount is not affected by the amendments in this update. The amendments in this update may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. We are evaluating what impact, if any, the adoption of this ASU will have on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial disclosures upon conversion to a C-corporation.

 

60


Table of Contents

In February 2016, the FASB issued an amendment related to leases. The new guidance requires the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities by lessees for all leases greater than one year in duration and classified as operating leases under previous guidance. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those periods, with early adoption permitted. This new guidance must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition and requires application of the new guidance at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and September 30, 2017, our undiscounted minimum contractual commitments under long-term operating leases, which were not recorded on the consolidated balance sheets, were $1.6 million, $1.1 million and $791,000, respectively, which is an estimate of the effect to total assets and total liabilities that the new accounting standard would have as of those dates. We are currently evaluating the impact that this standard will have on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

In July 2015, the FASB issued guidance requiring inventory to be measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value, which is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. This guidance is effective prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2017 and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

61


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are the leading provider of mobile video solutions for law enforcement. Our products include in-car video systems, body-worn cameras and evidence management software. Our high-performance video solutions capture an accurate and unbiased view of officer interactions with the public. Our solutions increase transparency and accountability, improve trust between law enforcement agencies and the communities they serve, reduce agency liability and advance the judicial process. We have supplied our products to approximately one-third of all law enforcement agencies in the United States and Canada, including five of the 15 largest law enforcement agencies.

Video evidence has become an increasingly integral part of effective law enforcement and the justice system. Such evidence can simplify and strengthen the legal process by reducing reliance on eyewitness testimony and bystander video, both of which are often incomplete and open to question. Bystander video is frequently recorded from a distance, captures only one vantage point and in many cases, provides a partial account of a longer, more complex sequence of events. The presence of a law enforcement video system helps ensure that the “whole picture” of an incident is available. In recent years, high profile incidents, such as those in Ferguson, Missouri, Baton Rouge, Louisiana, and Falcon Heights and Minneapolis, Minnesota, have further increased awareness and demand for video evidence solutions.

The use of mobile video solutions by law enforcement has received substantial support from the law enforcement community, the public, and federal, state, county and local governments. The U.S. Department of Justice recognizes body-worn cameras as a strategy for law enforcement to improve officer and public safety, reduce crime and improve trust between police and the citizens they serve. A 2014 study published by the University of Cambridge suggests that both officers and civilians tend to exhibit better behavior when they know their interactions are being recorded. Further, a national study conducted by the University of Nevada Las Vegas in 2015 found that a majority of respondents were supportive of body-worn camera use by law enforcement officers. The U.S. federal government has historically made grants available to law enforcement agencies nationwide. These federal grants can be utilized by states, urban areas and other agencies to fund the acquisition of specific technology solutions, including in-car video systems, body-worn cameras and digital evidence management software. Both the frequency and diversity of departments making such grants available have grown. For instance, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security has created a grant program with over $1.0 billion in funding available for 2017.

Our history of innovation positions us at the forefront of fulfilling the video evidence needs of modern law enforcement. Since shipping our first product in 2005, we have pioneered purpose-built products that transform the way law enforcement captures, manages, stores and shares video evidence. As the innovation leader in the industry, we developed the first direct-to-DVD in-car video system, the first high definition in-car video system and the first technology that enables recovery of video evidence even if an officer fails to initiate recording. Our long track record of innovation led to the development of the first integrated and synchronized in-car video and body-worn camera solution. Our platform includes the following industry-leading features:

 

   

Integration among our in-car video and body-worn camera solutions that captures incidents from multiple vantage points by automatically linking and enabling recording across all cameras and provides fully synchronized playback technology, allowing an incident to be reviewed simultaneously from multiple recorded angles;

 

   

Record-After-the-Fact technology that allows our cameras to continuously capture background video to ensure critical incidents will be captured even when the camera recording function is not initiated;

 

   

Multiple-resolution recording that enables agencies to save critical events in high definition while reducing overall storage costs; and

 

   

Ultra-wide dynamic range camera technology that combines a dark and light image into a single video frame to create an ideal exposure.

 

62


Table of Contents

Our latest generation of products include our 4RE HD in-car cameras, VISTA WiFi body-worn cameras, our Evidence Library evidence management platform and EvidenceLibrary.com, our upcoming cloud-based SaaS platform.

We engineer, design, develop and manufacture all of our products in-house from our headquarters in Allen, Texas. Our team of 73 engineers, who comprise more than a quarter of our organization as of September 30, 2017, create our products from the ground up using custom electrical and firmware designs. Unlike many of our industry peers who rely upon basic reference designs supplied by major chip vendors, we utilize a custom design and development approach that enables our engineers to create differentiated, innovative, high-performance and feature-rich products. We invest significantly in research and development, which represented 13.8% and 13.7% of our net revenues in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

We distribute our products primarily through an in-region, direct sales force model that offers us regular face-to-face interaction with law enforcement agencies and provides us with significant insight into potential sales opportunities across the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and Mexico. We have sold over 84,500 in-car video systems since we began shipping our first-generation product in 2005 and over 31,000 body-worn cameras since we began shipping our VISTA body-worn camera in 2015. Our mobile video solutions have been purchased by over 6,500 of the approximately 18,000 federal, state, county and local law enforcement agencies in the United States and Canada.

We have experienced strong revenue growth in recent periods. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, our net revenues were $58.2 million and $77.1 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 32.4%. This growth was supported by sales of 9,284 in-car video systems and 6,389 body-worn cameras in 2015 and 10,720 in-car video systems and 12,643 body-worn cameras in 2016, representing year-over-year growth of 15.5% for in-car video systems and 97.9% for body-worn cameras. Our net income for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 was $8.3 million and $9.0 million, respectively, and our pro forma net income (after provision for income taxes) for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $6.4 million. Our adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 was $9.2 million and $10.7 million, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Net income is the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding our use of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income to adjusted EBITDA.

Our Market Opportunity

Since 2014, several high-profile law enforcement incidents have captured widespread attention. Notable incidents in Ferguson, Missouri, and more recently in Baton Rouge, Louisiana and Falcon Heights and Minneapolis, Minnesota, captured national attention for both the action of law enforcement and the ensuing public protests. In these and other similar incidents, formal complaints and criminal charges were filed against law enforcement agencies and officers alleging misconduct, including excessive use of force. In each incident, facts around what actually transpired were unclear due to a lack of quality video evidence. Instead, investigators were left to rely on officer testimony, eyewitness accounts and bystander video evidence when available. In certain cases, officer and eyewitness testimony conflicted, and bystander video was often recorded from a single vantage point, at a distance, in low-resolution with poor audio quality, failing to capture precipitating circumstances or the complete sequence of events.

In 2015, President Barack Obama’s administration announced a three-year investment to prompt the deployment of body-worn cameras for law enforcement agencies in an effort to provide more transparency and accountability to citizens. The initiative, named the Body-Worn Camera Program, included investments totaling over $41 million during 2015 and 2016 to purchase 38,120 body-worn cameras for police officers throughout the United States, training for law enforcement, and additional resources for law enforcement agencies. The proposed SOSC Act would provide additional funding for the Body-Worn Camera Program through 2022.

 

63


Table of Contents

Similar to the Body-Worn Camera Program, the SOSC Act, if passed, will authorize a new grant at the U.S. Department of Justice providing approximately $100 million in annual funding. Additionally, the U.S. federal government has historically made grants available to law enforcement agencies nationwide. Both the frequency and diversity of departments making such grants available have grown. For instance, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security has created a grant program with over $1.0 billion in funding available for 2017.

We believe that growth in our target markets has been, and will continue to be, driven by demand for high-quality video evidence that provides both the general public and law enforcement greater transparency and accountability in law enforcement incident reporting. We primarily target the in-car video and body-worn camera segments within the mobile video solutions market.

 

   

In-car video. As the industry continues to mature, we believe there will be increasing awareness and demand for higher quality video evidence as well as additional product features and capabilities. As the leader in the mobile video solutions market for law enforcement, we believe that we are well-positioned to leverage our track record in innovation to increase our market share by expanding our platform capabilities.

 

   

Body-worn camera. We believe we can leverage our leading position in the in-car video market to gain market share in the growing body-worn camera market by delivering a fully integrated in-car video and body-worn camera solution.

According to IDC, the North American mobile video evidence management solutions market is estimated to be worth $0.7 billion in 2016 and is expected to grow to $1.2 billion in 2021, representing a five-year CAGR of 11%. The current North American market is predominantly driven by in-car camera systems due to greater penetration of the technology with law enforcement; however, purchasing of body-worn cameras is expected to grow at a five-year CAGR of 29% and reach $0.5 billion in 2021. The total international market outside of North America for mobile video evidence management solutions is an additional $3.6 billion in 2021 and represents a significant growth opportunity for us.

Law enforcement agencies have begun to realize significant social and economic benefits from adopting body-worn and in-car video camera solutions. A recent report published by Gartner, Inc. entitled “Forecast Analysis: IoT Endpoints—Sensing, Processing and Communications Semiconductors, Worldwide, 2016 Update” (Jan 2017) states that “Video from BWCs (body-worn cameras) can make both police and citizens be more accountable for their actions. Deployments of BWCs may decrease the number of complaints against officers, reducing costs of more than $1,000 per complaint for follow-up.” In another study conducted by the Rialto (California) Police Department, the number of citizens’ complaints against officers dropped by 87.5% and use-of-force incidents dropped by 59% after a 12-month deployment of body-worn cameras. Body-worn cameras may also significantly reduce the legal and investigative costs arising from complaints against police officers.

We believe that many international markets offer significant opportunities for growth. The United Kingdom is another leading country for body-worn camera deployments. By leveraging our leading domestic technical expertise and experience, we believe we are well-positioned to enter additional international markets.

In addition to expanding geographically, we intend to further expand into adjacent markets outside of law enforcement, such as armored car transportation and correctional institutions. Our solutions can also be utilized to support non-adjacent markets, such as transit security officers and security guards.

Our Solution

We provide a comprehensive video evidence management solution for law enforcement. Our best-in-class integrated hardware and software solutions serve our law enforcement customers’ end-to-end video evidence management needs, enabling them to easily and securely capture, manage, store and share high-quality video evidence.

 

64


Table of Contents
   

Capture: Our integrated and synchronized platform enables our in-car and body-worn cameras to intelligently collaborate to simultaneously capture an incident from up to 14 vantage points, ensuring that the “whole picture” is available for review and analysis. When any camera in the system initiates a recording, the other cameras automatically sense the change in status and may begin recording based upon a configuration of pre-set evaluation criteria. Our rugged in-car and body-worn cameras are purpose-built to withstand the harsh realities of law enforcement and feature simple and intuitive controls. Our cameras are outfitted with ultra-wide dynamic range, high definition camera technology to produce superior image quality, as well as Record-After-the-Fact technology that continuously captures video in the background to ensure video of critical incidents will not be lost if an officer fails to activate recording while responding to an incident.

 

   

Manage: Our video evidence management solution allows video evidence to be transferred seamlessly from our devices to our video evidence management platform. Events can be categorized using agency-determined designations on the camera in the field or upon returning to the station on a computer installed with our evidence management software. Video evidence can later be easily searched, reviewed and shared. Additionally, our SmartConnect application adds convenience and flexibility by allowing officers to use a mobile device to review and categorize videos that were recorded on a VISTA WiFi body-worn camera. Our devices incorporate automatic features, including wireless uploading and event-linking, which reduce the administrative burden on officers and enhance the evidentiary production and review process. Our fully synchronized playback technology allows multiple, linked recordings of an incident to be reviewed simultaneously.

 

   

Store: Our storage solutions allow agencies the flexibility to store captured events on-premise, in the cloud, or both, reflecting our commitment to providing our customers with end-to-end solutions best suited to their particular needs. On average, only a small fraction of captured video evidence is ever requested for review, and such requests are usually made within the first 10 days following an event. Without a plan to actively manage video evidence, the vast majority of an agency’s inactive video evidence could be held on its most expensive storage devices. Our automated multi-tier storage capability within Evidence Library 4 Web intelligently migrates video evidence to the most efficient storage device based on cost, policy and use. The system matches video evidence retention requirements to the event category the officer has assigned to each recorded event. Using rules set by the agency, all events within a category migrate from one tier of storage to another before being purged or moved into long-term archival storage. For instance, a traffic citation event may be uploaded and stored in high-cost, high-performance local solid state drives for 10 days before migrating to lower-cost, lower-performance local hard disk drives for 30 days and then purged. Likewise, a driving under the influence, or DUI, event may follow the same initial path, but end up in a cloud-based account for a mandatory two-year archival period.

 

   

Share: Our CLOUD-SHARE solution enables customers to share evidence with attorneys or any other authorized third party in seconds in the cloud from Microsoft Azure Government Cloud data centers, which are CJIS-compliant in most states. CLOUD-SHARE can also generate time-expiring links to video recordings or case files. Freedom of Information Act, or FOIA, requests have become increasingly common and often require personally identifiable information to be redacted in order to mitigate potential privacy concerns. Our easy-to-use, high-performing video and audio redaction software, REDACTIVE, helps ensure proper and timely compliance with FOIA requests by utilizing sophisticated automated face detection technology to revolutionize a traditionally manual, time-consuming task.

 

65


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

We have established a leadership position in the mobile video solutions market and offer the following key competitive strengths:

Our Integrated and Synchronized In-Car Video and Body-Worn Camera Solution

Our “ground-up” approach to product design and our commitment to investing in research and development enabled us to develop the first integrated and synchronized in-car video and body-worn camera solution in the law enforcement market. Our in-car and body-worn cameras operate together as a single system, intelligently collaborating to capture an incident automatically from multiple, synchronized vantage points. Our system is equipped with Record-After-the-Fact technology, allowing cameras to continuously capture video in the background even if an officer fails to activate the camera’s recording feature. Additionally, our integrated video system is equipped with multiple-resolution recording, and our ultra-wide dynamic range camera technology combines a dark and light image into a single video frame to create an ideal exposure. These competitive features collectively set us apart from our competitors.

Premium Brand Trusted by Law Enforcement

We are the leading provider of mobile video solutions for law enforcement. Our suite of comprehensive solutions capture, manage, store and share evidence with industry-leading quality, efficiency and durability. Our high-performance products are purpose-built to withstand the harsh realities of law enforcement in the field, which has helped establish our reputation as a premium brand in the market. Our market leadership and premium brand are significant competitive differentiators as we go to market. We are trusted by more than 6,500 law enforcement agencies that have purchased our products, including some of the largest and most influential law enforcement agencies in the United States and Canada. They include the California Highway Patrol, Detroit Police Department, Pennsylvania State Police, Royal Canadian Mounted Police and Texas Department of Public Safety.

Long-Standing Relationships with Significant Installed Base of In-Car Video Customers

We have deep and long-standing relationships with many of our customers, including an average of approximately eight years with our 10 largest. We have sold over 84,500 in-car video systems since we shipped our first product in 2005, and our long-term customers include five of the 15 largest law enforcement agencies in the United States and Canada. The majority of our all-time top 200 customers have purchased our products in more than six of the last 9.75 years (January 1, 2008 to September 30, 2017). We believe the mass adoption of our in-car video solution gives us a substantial base of customers to leverage in cross-selling our VISTA body-worn camera solution. Additionally, our in-region, high-touch sales model offers us regular interaction with key decision-makers at our existing and prospective customers, further strengthening and expanding our base of customers. These relationships are further enhanced by our 24-hour-a-day, seven-day-a-week customer support help desk.

Dedication to Innovation and Growing Intellectual Property Portfolio

We were the first to introduce numerous innovative solutions such as our direct-to-DVD in-car video system, high definition in-car video system and Record-After-the-Fact technology. A key driver behind our track record of innovation has been our substantial investment in research and development, which represented 13.8% and 13.7% of our net revenues in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. This investment has enabled us to produce state-of-the-art products while attracting and retaining top talent. Our team of 73 engineers, which comprises over a quarter of our organization as of September 30, 2017, creates our products from the ground up using custom electrical and firmware designs. Our custom design and development approach enables our engineers to create differentiated, innovative, high-performance and feature-rich products, which

 

66


Table of Contents

distinguishes us from many of our industry peers who rely upon basic reference designs supplied by major chip vendors. We hold 16 issued and 15 pending U.S. patents. We intend to maintain our commitment to research and development spending in order to further enhance our position as an innovation leader within the industry.

Experienced Management Team and Strong Company Culture

Members of our management team have more than 12 years of industry experience on average, and together they bring deep and diverse skill sets that have contributed to our success to date. Prior to founding WatchGuard, our Chief Executive Officer, Robert Vanman, successfully founded two other electronics companies, and later acquired an ownership position in an electronics manufacturer that was focused on serving law enforcement customers. Under his leadership, our employee headcount has doubled over the past five years. Collectively, our senior management team has over 55 years of experience with WatchGuard and over 100 years of experience serving the law enforcement industry. Our corporate culture is purpose-driven and dedicated to community service, which we believe attracts a strong employee base. Each of our employees receives three paid days per year to serve a non-profit organization of his or her choice. Our employees have chosen to support numerous charities near our Allen, Texas headquarters, and around the world. For example, our employees have funded and built approximately 165 water wells in Burundi, Africa.

Our Growth Strategies

The elements of our strategies to extend our leadership position include the following:

Leverage Our Leading Position in the In-Car Video Market to Sell Our Body-Worn Cameras

We have built a significant presence in the U.S. and Canadian in-car video solutions market by selling our 4RE in-car video solution to approximately 4,000 law enforcement agencies. Of those agencies, less than 30% were also customers for our body-worn camera solution as of September 30, 2017. We believe that as our in-car customers adopt body-worn cameras, they will increasingly select us as their body-worn camera vendor due to the strength of our product offering and their preference for a single integrated solution. If every existing 4RE customer purchased a VISTA body-worn camera for each of its officers, we estimate the hardware revenue from this cross-selling opportunity to be approximately $190 million over the next three years, exclusive of software, storage and hosting revenue. Based on our experience, we believe that very few existing 4RE customers currently use body-worn cameras from other manufacturers, and although certain 4RE customers have previously purchased our VISTA body-worn cameras, we expect that such customers, as well as any 4RE customers that have purchased another manufacturer’s product, will purchase replacement products within three years.

Expand Our Leading Position in the United States and Canada In-Car Market

One of the many driving forces behind our expansion in the U.S. and Canadian in-car video solutions market is our dedicated in-region, direct sales force, which maintains strong relationships with key decision-makers at our existing and prospective customers. We are able to gain significant insight into a breadth of potential sales opportunities through these relationships. Our sales force continuously focuses on high-touch, in-field and frequent marketing opportunities in order to showcase our solutions to law enforcement agencies. We also routinely host and participate in a variety of trade shows, leadership seminars, focus groups, workshops and other industry events. We will seek to expand our leading position by identifying new opportunities and winning business from our competitors to our best-in-class, integrated solution.

Continue to Introduce Innovative Solutions and Expand Our Product Capabilities

We relentlessly pursue our goal of developing the world’s most comprehensive mobile video solution for law enforcement. To stay at the forefront of our industry, we are focused on continuous product innovation and leadership. We have sold over 42,000 4RE video systems since we began shipping in October 2010 and have also

 

67


Table of Contents

sold over 31,000 VISTA body-worn cameras since we began shipping in March 2015. We regularly deploy software updates to our customers to further enhance the capabilities of our products in the field, and we have a strong pipeline of next-generation in-car and body-worn cameras under development. Further, we plan to commence booking orders for our upcoming fully hosted cloud-based SaaS evidence management solution, EvidenceLibrary.com, as well as our next generation body-worn camera, VISTA XLT, in the fourth quarter of 2017, with deployments to begin in the first quarter of 2018. The introduction of both our 4RE in-car video platform and our integrated in-car video and body-worn camera solution increased our revenue growth rate.

Expand into Additional International Markets

We plan to pursue expansion opportunities in international markets where the local culture and political environment support video capture as an evidentiary tool. We have realized initial success selling our video evidence management solutions to law enforcement agencies outside the United States and Canada, including the fourth largest police department in England and Wales and several agencies in Mexico. We have also begun localizing our products to be sold in additional foreign jurisdictions. The international market outside of North America for mobile video evidence management solutions represents a significant growth opportunity and is estimated to be approximately $3.6 billion in 2021, according to IDC.

Expand Product Applications to Adjacent Markets

We believe that markets adjacent to the law enforcement industry, such as armored car transportation and correctional facilities, represent significant growth opportunities for our business. We have begun to sell our products to customers in these adjacent markets. For example, The Brink’s Company uses our body-worn cameras as part of its armored car security strategy and certain state and local law enforcement agencies have begun adopting our body-worn camera solutions into their correctional facilities. We believe we can further expand our presence in these and other markets where video evidence capture and product durability are critical to mission execution, loss prevention and security.

Opportunistically Pursue Strategic Acquisitions

We intend to selectively pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies, products and teams in order to add additional features and functionality to our existing product portfolio, expand our product offering and penetrate new markets. We continuously evaluate opportunities to allow us to further drive growth as we seek to identify acquisitions that will offer value to our existing and prospective customers.

Our Products

We design, manufacture and sell in-car video systems, body-worn cameras and evidence management software. Our products are purpose-built for law enforcement, allowing officers to easily capture, manage, store and share an accurate and unbiased account of officer interactions with the public. Our solution was the first fully integrated and synchronized in-car video and body-worn camera system on the market. Our products are manufactured with industrial-grade electronic components and high-quality materials such as cast magnesium, polyurethane rubber and ultra-hard resins. Unlike nearly all of our competitors, we create custom electrical and firmware designs from the ground up rather than basing our products upon reference designs supplied by major chip vendors. Our custom approach provides a more flexible design that enables the development of differentiated, innovative, high-performance and feature-rich products.

 

68


Table of Contents

Camera Systems

4RE HD In-Car Video System

 

 

LOGO

Our 4RE HD in-car video system is an integrated, synchronized, multiple resolution, multiple camera, redundant drive system. We believe 4RE is the best-selling in-car video system in the law enforcement video industry. We offer three different 4RE HD cameras: the Zero Sight-Line camera, which is positioned out of sight behind the rearview mirror, the HD Mini Zoom camera with a 12x optical zoom, and the Panoramic X2 camera with an adjustable primary camera and a fixed panoramic camera.

Secondary in-car cameras can be added to the system to provide a full, 360-degree view around the law enforcement vehicle. Our VISTA body-worn cameras can also be integrated into the system as secondary cameras. Our in-car touch screen display features intuitive camera controls and automatically changes to optimally display the view of each active camera.

With our 4RE HD system, video evidence is uploaded automatically to the WatchGuard Evidence Library server with no action needed from the officer. 4RE uses an industrial grade radio for wireless uploading to the WatchGuard Evidence Library server, which achieves transfer speeds fast enough to upload an hour of video in less than three minutes. The 4RE HD system employs redundant drives so that video is continuously recorded to the internal hard drive and event data is also written to the removable USB flash drive located in the car, minimizing the risk of losing evidence. In addition, firmware updates are wirelessly and automatically deployed to keep our devices up-to-date and secure.

Our 4RE HD in-car video systems offer the following key features:

 

   

Ultra-wide dynamic range camera technology, which combines a dark and light image into a single video frame to create an ideal exposure;

 

   

Our patented multiple-resolution recording technology, which simultaneously records in both high definition and standard definition, allows important incidents to be automatically saved in high definition and routine events to be automatically saved in standard definition based on the incident classification. This multiple-resolution technology greatly reduces the extra cost and transfer time associated with high definition video;

 

   

Record-After-the-Fact technology, which allows cameras to continuously capture background video to ensure video of critical incidents will not be lost if an officer fails to activate the camera’s recording function while responding to an incident;

 

69


Table of Contents
   

In-field incident categorization, which allows an officer to quickly categorize an incident by toggling through a list of agency-defined incidents. This feature ensures simple and efficient back-office evidence management and improves the ability to manage and find recordings on the WatchGuard Evidence Library server;

 

   

Integrated GPS technology that enables the location of a patrol vehicle to be tracked, and ensures tight synchronization between 4RE and VISTA WiFi recordings;

 

   

Purpose-built design with simple, one-touch recording; and

 

   

Industrial-grade electronic components and high-quality materials.

DV-1 Direct-to-DVD In-Car Video System

 

LOGO

Our DV-1 direct-to-DVD in-car video product is our original in-car video recording system, which we began shipping in 2005. The DV-1 system records evidence onto DVD-video discs, eliminating the need for server computers, transfer stations or IT support. We released a modular version of the DV-1 camera in 2006, a second generation DV-1 in-car system in 2008, and an Evidence Library DVD Cataloging evidence management system in 2009. The DV-1 system includes a front zoom-lens camera and an infrared cabin camera, both of which record in color. DV-1 is an ideal stand-alone solution that is easy to use and deploy by agencies of any size.

VISTA Body-Worn Cameras

 

LOGO

 

70


Table of Contents

Our VISTA body-worn camera was released in 2015 to address the growing demand for body-worn cameras. Our VISTA camera is available in a standard and extended battery life capacity. In 2016, we released our VISTA WiFi body-worn camera, which is a key part of our integrated in-car video and body-worn camera solution. VISTA WiFi recordings are automatically synchronized with 4RE recordings, enabling audio from outside of the vehicle to be played along with in-car video recordings and eliminating the need for officers to wear a separate wireless microphone.

Our docking systems upload and recharge VISTA cameras, and our rapid checkout kiosk screen assigns cameras to officers in seconds, streamlining the checkout process. Our ethernet transfer stations support Dock & Go, which enables fully automatic uploading without any action needed from the officer. Dozens of ethernet transfer stations can be simultaneously operated in multiple locations and managed with Evidence Library 4 Web.

Our VISTA body-worn cameras offer the following key features:

 

   

Ultra-wide dynamic range camera technology, which combines a dark and light image into a single video frame to create an ideal exposure;

 

   

Selectable resolution, with both high definition and standard definition capabilities;

 

   

Record-After-the-Fact technology, which allows cameras to continuously capture background video to ensure video of critical incidents will not be missed if an officer fails to activate the camera’s recording function while responding to an incident;

 

   

In-field incident categorization, which allows an officer to quickly categorize an incident by toggling through a list of agency-defined incidents labels. This feature ensures simple and efficient back-office evidence management and improves the ability of an agency to manage and find recordings on the WatchGuard Evidence Library server;

 

   

Integrated GPS receiver to ensure precise time keeping and to record the officer’s coordinates;

 

   

Automatic event linking with recordings from a paired 4RE in-car camera system;

 

   

Purpose-built design with simple, one-touch recording;

 

   

Industrial-grade electronic components and high-quality materials such as cast magnesium, polyurethane rubber and ultra-hard resins;

 

   

A sophisticated acoustic foam chamber to block most wind noise;

 

   

Extended battery life (approximately 19 hours of standby operation) potentially allowing officers to use the extended capacity version of our VISTA camera for multiple shifts on a single charge;

 

   

“Covert” mode, which disables the LED lights and silences audible indicators to ensure the camera does not reveal an officer’s location;

 

   

A wide range of high-quality quick release mounting attachments, which allow the camera to be secured to the officer’s clothing or mounted on a tripod or RAM accessories and utilize a quick release mounting system; and

 

   

A 130-degree wide angle rotating lens turret for optimal capture from any mounting location.

4REm Motorcycle System

Our 4REm Motorcycle camera system integrates the industry-leading features of our 4RE in-car video system with a weatherproof, sunlight-readable display and camera designed to withstand the harsh environments experienced by law enforcement motorcycle fleets.

 

71


Table of Contents

4RE Interview Room System

Our 4RE Interview Room camera system incorporates our trusted 4RE technology and Record-After-the-Fact technology to capture critical audio and video evidence.

Evidence Management Software

Our evidence management software applications are sold in support of our in-car video and body-worn camera solutions and are not offered independently. An officer who captures four hours of video during a shift would use between 4GB and 18GB of data, and each video may be subject to a mandatory evidence retention period, giving rise to a need for an efficient storage solution. Our intelligent system integrates our multiple-resolution recording technology, in-field event categorization and automatic event-linking to ensure that larger high definition files are saved only for important incidents, thereby reducing overall storage costs.

EvidenceLibrary.com, Our Cloud-Hosted SaaS Solution

In the fourth quarter of 2017, we plan to commence booking orders for EvidenceLibrary.com, our fully hosted, SaaS evidence management solution that will operate on the Microsoft Azure Government Cloud platform, a storage service exclusively for U.S. federal, state, local and tribal government agencies and their partners, which is compliant with the security requirements of CJIS in most states. We expect deployments of EvidenceLibrary.com to begin in the first quarter of 2018. EvidenceLibrary.com is a multi-tenant, highly scalable solution with built-in security and redundancy, alleviating substantial management burdens on IT resources.

Evidence Library 4 Web with CLOUD-SHARE, Our On-Premise and Hybrid Solution

 

LOGO

Evidence Library 4 Web, or EL4WEB, with CLOUD-SHARE is our enterprise class, on-premise evidence management platform. EL4WEB supports both on-premise and hybrid (on-premise server and cloud) storage. EL4WEB is highly scalable and supports thousands of users.

EL4WEB offers the following key features:

 

   

Synchronized playback to allow review of videos from multiple perspectives in full screen, in separate windows or side-by-side;

 

   

Integrated case management for all types of digital evidence, including photos, documents, other video formats and reports;

 

   

Detailed audit log for a searchable view into file or case history; and

 

72


Table of Contents
   

CLOUD-SHARE to instantly share video or case evidence with authorized recipients outside the confines of an agency’s network, such as attorneys, members of the media and defendants.

ELX-3, Our Single PC Solution

ELX-3 is a feature-rich, simple-to-use video management system designed for small agencies or geographically distributed state patrols that do not require wireless uploading or support for remote (or networked) clients. ELX-3 uses USB flash drives and USB docks to transfer data and can support one or multiple officers. Customers can use ELX-3 to manage their 4RE and VISTA WiFi camera systems and all of the associated video data on a single computer without the need for servers.

Watch Commander Live Video Streaming Software

Our Watch Commander live video streaming application provides for complete situational awareness by utilizing live streaming video and audio from wirelessly connected 4RE camera systems. The Watch Commander application can be utilized on a desktop computer or a mobile device. Our live video streaming allows supervisory officers to see and hear what is happening as a situation unfolds.

CLOUD-SHARE

CLOUD-SHARE allows customers to share evidence electronically in seconds, eliminating the need to create physical DVDs of video evidence. Key features include time-expiring links with three types of security options and a dashboard for the law enforcement agency and district attorneys.

REDACTIVE

REDACTIVE is an easy-to-use and high-performing redaction tool, with automated tools to blur faces, text or objects and includes the ability to mute any portion of an audio recording. The software also allows forward and backward searching of any selected object at any point in the video, speeding the time to completion and delivery.

Customers

As of September 30, 2017, we have supplied our products to approximately one-third of all law enforcement agencies in the United States and Canada, including five of the 15 largest law enforcement agencies in the United States and Canada. Over the last three fiscal years, we have shipped our products to customers located in all 50 U.S. states.

Our 10 largest customers based on total historical revenues (and the year in which our relationship began) are as follows:

 

•    The California Highway Patrol (2009)

 

•    The Georgia Department of Public Safety (2008)

 

•    The Illinois State Police (2008)

 

•    The Minnesota State Patrol (2009)

 

•    The North Carolina State Highway Patrol (2008)

  

•    The Oklahoma Department of Public Safety (2008)

 

•    The Royal Canadian Mounted Police (2013)

 

•    The South Carolina Department of Public Safety (2011)

 

•    The Texas Department of Public Safety (2007)

 

•    The Virginia Department of State Police (2008)

Payment terms with our customers vary. We generally extend customers net 30 payment terms following product shipment and we do not provide long-term financing. During larger system deployments, customers may

 

73


Table of Contents

elect to pay when deployment milestones are completed. These deployments can take up to one year, though some customers stagger deployment over longer periods of time. We have also sold our in-car and body-worn cameras in adjacent public safety markets, including fire and emergency medical services, as well as non-adjacent markets such as private security and armored transportation.

In addition to our long-standing customer relationships, we continuously seek to add new customers to grow our business. Historically, we have generated approximately 71% of our sales (based on invoiced amounts) from existing customers and approximately 29% from new customers. We are focused on growing our sales to new as well as existing customers.

 

LOGO

The following case studies are examples of how certain of our customers have benefited from our products.

Detroit (MI) Police Department

As of September 2017, the Detroit Police Department employed 2,457 sworn officers in service of the residents and businesses in Michigan’s largest city.

In early 2015, the City of Detroit began a program to improve trust and transparency between the Detroit Police Department and the public by deploying our in-car video systems in patrol cars and equipping officers who have citizen interactions in the daily performance of his or her duties with a body-worn camera.

In October 2016, the Detroit Police Department ordered our 4RE HD in-car video system and VISTA WiFi HD body-worn cameras as part of a lengthy RFP process and testing period. After successful testing, the Detroit Police Department selected our integrated system and placed orders for 450 4RE HD in-car video systems and 1,500 VISTA WiFi HD body-worn cameras.

Hattiesburg (MS) Police Department

Established in 1903, the Hattiesburg Police Department serves residents and businesses in the 55-square mile area surrounding Hattiesburg, Mississippi. The department included approximately 135 sworn personnel as of July 2017.

The Hattiesburg Police Department has been our customer since 2008, when it purchased our DV-1 in-car video system. In February 2012, the Hattiesburg Police Department began upgrading its in-car systems. Building on our existing relationship, we were able to sell the Hattiesburg Police Department 60 4RE HD in-car video

 

74


Table of Contents

systems, to support its migration from a DVD-based to a DVR-based recording system. The department chose the 4RE based on the significantly-improved video and audio quality, and the ease of migration from the DV-1 system.

In October 2016, the department placed orders for VISTA WiFi body-worn cameras with the intent to integrate them with the existing 4RE in-car systems in use.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our solutions primarily through our direct sales force, which consists of 57 industry-experienced professionals. We divide the United States and Canada into 19 sales regions, each of which is covered by a regional sales manager residing in that region and supported by an inside sales representative located at our headquarters. We recently expanded our direct sales force to include a regional sales manager in the United Kingdom.

In addition to sales to new customers, our sales force also aims to sell additional products to our current customers by strengthening our existing relationships and highlighting the aspects of our products that complement a customer’s existing purchases. For example, our existing 4RE in-car customers are incentivized to purchase our VISTA WiFi body-worn cameras (and vice versa) because of the ability to integrate them into a single system that is capable of capturing synchronized video of an incident from multiple vantage points. Additionally, to the extent possible, we design new products to be “backwards compatible.” For example, our latest generation HiFi microphone is compatible with our early versions of our DV-1 in-car video system. This strategy protects our customers’ initial investment in additional accessories and hardware while providing a clear path for upgrading.

Customer orders range from a single product to several thousand, depending on the type and size of the customer. Our sales cycle varies substantially from customer to customer but is typically three to 18 months for our in-car video solution and three to 12 months for our body-worn camera solution. The sales opportunities available to us at any time can vary due to a number of factors, including our customers’ budget cycles, the availability of new products, pricing considerations, political or regulatory pressures and timing associated with necessary government approvals.

In addition to our proactive sales efforts, we often respond to requests for proposals, or RFPs, from law enforcement agencies and government entities seeking to purchase in-car video and/or body-worn camera solutions. However, agencies are increasingly bypassing the traditional RFP-driven procurement process and instead, favoring existing state or industry cooperative contracts, which can reduce the sales cycle for both in-car and body-worn cameras by as much as 30%. Potential customers frequently ask for evaluation hardware to use for a period of time before deciding whether or not to purchase our products. Further, many RFPs require an evaluation period with our system. These evaluation periods typically run four to six weeks.

We bill the majority of our sales directly; however, some of our customers choose to purchase our products through arrangements with channel partners. While channel partners can sometimes act as a billing entity, our direct sales force is responsible for originating and executing all sales. This approach allows us to maintain close relationships with our customers while making it easier for our customers to purchase our products through their existing channel relationships.

We focus on high-touch, in-field marketing opportunities in order to showcase our solutions to law enforcement agencies, such as hosting and participating in a variety of trade shows, leadership seminars, focus groups, workshops and other industry events. In 2016, we attended or sponsored more than 100 industry events and conferences. We also conduct live product demonstrations for potential and existing customers. Demonstrations may be conducted on-site at customer locations, at our headquarters or at offsite venues. We continue to improve the functionality and capabilities of our website, and we benefit from the endorsement of several police chiefs, sheriffs and state command staff whose law enforcement agencies use our solutions.

 

75


Table of Contents

Customer Service

We believe that we significantly increase the value of our products by providing exceptional customer service. Our customers range from large state patrols of more than 7,000 officers to small municipal police forces, and we seek to provide every customer with the same level of service irrespective of size. All of our products come with a six-month money back guarantee and are backed by a comprehensive one-year warranty. By ensuring that our customers are satisfied, our customer service team helps us build trust with officers and maintain our reputation within the law enforcement community, which we believe ultimately drives sales.

Our in-house customer service team is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week to meet our customers’ technical support needs. Customers are able to contact our service representatives through our customer service hotline, our customer service email address or our online support portal. As of September 30, 2017, our customer service department consisted of 16 Tier 1 support representatives, who serve as the initial point of contact for customer inquiries; 14 Tier 2 support representatives, who primarily handle more complex server and networking issues that are escalated from Tier 1; 22 technical services representatives, who travel to customer locations for large or complicated deployments and perform a number of other information technology professional services; and two reliability employees, who track and report data trends on the reliability of our fielded products. Our customer service employees are trained to have in-depth product knowledge, a professional approach and communication skills to address customer needs and inquiries. Our customer service team also works closely with our operations team to fulfill product and component replacement needs expeditiously.

Technology

We have developed significant expertise in many key technologies related to law enforcement video products and software that provide us a major competitive advantage. Our areas of expertise include camera design, Field Programmable Gate Arrays, or FPGA, programming, audio subsystems, low level file system creation, high-speed signal routing, software driver development, antenna design, user interfaces, over-molding and sophisticated mechanical designs. This expertise has enabled the design of proprietary product features including our patented multiple resolution recording and patent-pending Record-After-the-Fact capabilities.

We have deep in-house core competencies in designing custom, application-specific video camera systems. This competitive advantage has enabled us to offer camera technology with exceptional performance, optimized for our application, often in a custom form factor. In contrast, nearly all of our competitors utilize “off-the-shelf” original equipment manufacturer reference designs or third-party camera subsystems with consumer- or commercial-grade electronics instead of industrial-grade electronics.

We also have significant core competencies in FPGA design. We utilize FPGAs in most of our hardware devices, which enables us to create custom electronic designs that bring together what we believe to be the best subsystems from different chip vendors. Nearly all of our competitors design their products based on the reference designs provided by a video encoder vendor, which generally limits their subsystems solely to the chip solutions sold by that vendor. Our “ground-up” design philosophy along with our FPGA design expertise enable us to incorporate high-performance image sensors and audio microphones with advanced power supplies, perform multiple resolution encoding and utilize custom file systems when writing to flash media. Our close attention to technological specifications is intended to make our products out-perform the competition and to offer innovative features that can only be accomplished with custom hardware designs.

Security

We recognize the importance of confidentiality, integrity and availability of our product data, and implement security measures to protect our products and services and our customers’ data. Our upcoming cloud-based evidence management platform will utilize Microsoft’s Azure Government storage service, which is designed to be compliant with the FBI’s CJIS security policy for cloud-based storage.

 

76


Table of Contents

CLOUD-SHARE, our cloud-based file sharing service, allows agencies to assign an expiration date to a shared file, limiting the time the file can be viewed or downloaded. Our customers are responsible for establishing their own security measures with respect to data stored on-premise.

Manufacturing and Supply

We perform product assembly, product testing, quality control and repairs in the operations area located at our corporate headquarters in Allen, Texas. We also warehouse and ship our products from our headquarters. As of September 30, 2017, we had 62 employees within our manufacturing organization.

We use one contract manufacturer to fabricate our printed circuit board assemblies, or PCBAs, which accounted for over 40% of our materials expenditures in both the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016. We believe this contract manufacturer would be able to move assembly to one of two international facilities if it was unable to use the U.S. facility in which it currently assembles our PCBAs, although we do not have an agreement requiring them to do so. Many of the other components in our products are custom, including injection molded plastic and rubber over-molded casings, custom cable assemblies and custom metal assemblies, the lens mounting and the battery package. We do not have a long-term supply agreement with our contract manufacturer or our suppliers, and we order components from them on a purchase order basis.

We generally have long-standing relationships with our manufacturers and suppliers, which we believe provides quality consistency to our finished products. We maintain close working relationships with our manufacturers and suppliers through on-site visits and frequent communications and believe that they have the capacity to support at least a 200% increase in production volume. Although many of our components are singled sourced, we own all of the designs and tools for the products, components and parts designed by us. We seek to maintain sufficient “buffer stocks” of each critical component in an amount sufficient to cover the time required to identify and qualify an alternate supplier. Accordingly, we believe we could obtain alternative manufacturers and suppliers without incurring significant production delays.

Intellectual Property

We rely primarily on U.S. patents and patent applications directed to certain features of our products to protect our proprietary technology. To a lesser extent, we rely on copyright, trademark and trade secret laws in the United States and intellectual property laws in other jurisdictions, as well as license agreements and other contractual protections. We also rely on a number of registered and unregistered trademarks to protect our brand.

As of September 30, 2017, in the United States, we had 16 issued patents which expire between February 2027 and March 2035, 15 patent applications pending for examination, and five registered trademarks. In addition to the protection provided by our intellectual property rights, as part of our confidentiality procedures, we generally require our independent contractors who are involved in developing intellectual property on our behalf to sign agreements acknowledging that all works or other intellectual property generated or conceived by them on our behalf are our property, and assigning to us any rights, including intellectual property rights, that they may claim or otherwise have in those works or property, to the extent allowable under applicable law. We also generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our consultants and vendors, and generally limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products or product features and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and solutions that compete with ours.

In addition, we intend to expand into international markets. U.S. patents are not effective internationally and we hold no patents outside of the United States. Moreover, effective copyright, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property protection may not be available or may be limited in foreign countries. Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights could harm our business or our ability to compete.

 

77


Table of Contents

Further, we currently face, and may in the future face, allegations that we have infringed the intellectual property rights of third parties, including our competitors. See “Risk Factors—We are, and may in the future be, subject to intellectual property infringement claims, which could cause us to incur litigation costs and divert management attention from our business.”

Competition

The market for both in-car video and body-worn camera solutions is highly competitive and continuously evolving with technological advancements. Key competitive factors in these markets include product performance, features, size, quality, reputation, service responsiveness, customer relationships and price or cost of ownership. The importance of these factors to a particular law enforcement agency depends on the agency’s size, leadership, needs and budget. Very small agencies in particular tend to be more sensitive to price and lifetime cost of ownership than suburban and urban agencies or state patrols. Our strong reputation with customers, brand loyalty, track record of technological innovation, focus on purpose-built design, comprehensive end-to-end solutions, product performance and quality and rapid-response customer support position us well for success. However, new and existing companies could enter the markets in which we operate in the future, or we may not be able to continue to compete effectively within those markets.

Our competitors range from small companies to large, well-established international companies with multiple product offerings. Many of our competitors have significant advantages over us, including greater financial, marketing and manufacturing resources, more extensive distribution channels and larger customer bases. Our primary competitors in the in-car video market include L3, Panasonic, Coban and Digital Ally. Our primary competitors in the body-worn camera market include Axon, VIEVU, Panasonic, Reveal Media, L3, Digital Ally and Motorola.

Research and Development

We are passionate about developing world-class in-car and body-worn cameras and evidence management software. We prioritize investments in research and development to continuously drive innovation and the development of future generations of in-car video and body-worn camera solutions. We have a user experience-driven approach to product development, and we develop our solutions with law enforcement officers in mind because we believe that end users often influence an agency’s purchasing decision. Our research and development efforts are intended to maintain and enhance our competitiveness and to differentiate our products with innovative designs that offer unique and compelling capabilities. We also go to great lengths to ensure that our hardware and software have a superior look and feel to make our products more desirable to potential customers.

Our team of engineers has grown from 45 employed engineers and five additional full-time contract engineers at September 30, 2015 to 73 employed engineers and three additional full-time contract engineers at September 30, 2017. These 76 engineers are responsible for the design, development, testing and maintenance of our products. Our research and development expenses were $8.0 million, or 13.8% of net revenues, and $10.6 million, or 13.7% of net revenues, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Our research and development expenses were $9.5 million, or 13.4% of net revenues, for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

Our current engineering projects are focused on the development of the next generations of our body-worn camera and in-car video solutions. We believe that continued and substantial investment in research and development is critical to the future success of our business, and we have historically set our annual engineering budget to be between 10% and 15% of forecasted revenues for that year. We intend to continue to invest in research and development at a similar level in order to maintain our position as the innovation leader in our industry and to further differentiate ourselves from our competitors.

 

78


Table of Contents

Employees

As of December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, we had 150, 185 and 239 full-time employees, respectively. As of September 30, 2017, we had 280 full-time employees, consisting of 73 employees in our engineering department, 65 employees in our customer service department, 62 employees in our operations department, 57 employees in our sales department and 23 employees in our general administrative and marketing departments. We also had 10 full-time contractors as of September 30, 2017. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We have never experienced labor-related work stoppages or strikes, and we believe we have established a positive relationship with our employees.

Facilities

Our current corporate headquarters is an approximately 65,850 square-foot building that we lease in Allen, Texas. The lease for our current headquarters is scheduled to expire in March 2019. To accommodate our growth, we have temporarily relocated certain departments to four additional leased locations in Allen, Texas, totaling approximately 12,033 square feet of additional office space.

In January 2017, we purchased 12.1 acres of land in Allen, Texas for $4.5 million and commenced construction of our new corporate headquarters in March 2017. Construction will be completed in two phases. In the first phase, we are constructing an approximately 137,500 square-foot building with the capacity to support 500 employees. Our new corporate headquarters will have full manufacturing capabilities and will include a dedicated engineering lab, environmental test chamber, installation and service garage, training center and demonstration room. We anticipate that this first phase will be completed in May 2018. In the second phase, we plan to add an additional 72,000 square feet of space to our corporate headquarters, which will provide capacity for an additional 250 employees.

Industry Standards and Government Regulation

We are subject to U.S. federal and state and foreign laws and regulations, including those related to privacy, data protection, intellectual property, health and safety, the environment, competition, taxation and government contracts. These laws and regulations are constantly evolving and may be interpreted, applied, created or amended in a manner that could harm our business. In the United States, these include, for example, rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of the Federal Trade Commission and the Federal Communications Commission, or the FCC.

In the United States, the FCC regulates spectrum use by federal entities and non-federal entities. We manufacture and market products that utilize spectrum bands already made available by regulatory bodies, and our products must comply with FCC regulations. We rely on a combination of in-house and outsourced product testing to ensure compliance with such regulations.

Personal privacy has become a significant issue in the United States and in other countries. The regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Many federal, state and foreign government bodies and agencies have adopted or are considering adopting laws and regulations affecting or regarding the collection, use and disclosure of personal information. These laws include prohibitions on unreasonable intrusion by an official agency where there is a legitimate expectation of privacy, state two-party consent laws, state open access to records laws, state biometric surveillance laws, state and local Freedom of Information laws, state and local record retention laws and local law enforcement agency policies.

Finally, the majority of our current and potential customers are government entities, and their ability to purchase our products or utilize our services is subject to regulation at the federal, state, county and local levels in the United States and abroad.

 

79


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business activities, including the legal proceedings described below. Defending such proceedings is costly and can impose a significant burden on management and employees; we may receive unfavorable preliminary or interim rulings in the course of litigation, and we may not obtain favorable final outcomes.

On May 27, 2016, Digital Ally filed a complaint against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Kansas alleging that our 4RE and VISTA WiFi products infringe on U.S. Patent No. 8,781,292, or the ‘292 Patent, entitled “Computer Program, Method, and System for Managing Multiple Data Recording Devices,” U.S. Patent No. 9,253,452, or the ‘452 Patent, entitled “Computer Program, Method, and System for Managing Multiple Data Recording Devices,” and U.S. Patent No. 9,325,950, or the ‘950 Patent, entitled “Vehicle-Mounted Video System and Distributed Processing.” Digital Ally is seeking a permanent injunction, damages and lost profits. We filed an answer on July 25, 2016 alleging that all three patents are invalid and denying that any accused product infringes any asserted claims. On December 28, 2016, we filed a motion for leave to amend our answer to add a defense for inequitable conduct against Digital Ally. On January 20, 2017, the court granted our motion, permitting us to assert the defense of inequitable conduct.

On May 9, 2016, we filed an IPR petition with the PTAB challenging the validity of the ‘950 Patent. On May 11, 2017, we filed a motion to stay litigation, pending at least a preliminary decision from the PTAB regarding the IPR petition that we filed challenging the ‘950 Patent (IPR2017 -01401) and four additional IPR petitions filed by Axon challenging the ‘292 Patent and the ‘452 Patent (IPR2017-00375 and IPR2017-00376 (both against the ’292 Patent) and IPR2017-00515 and IPR2017-00775 (both against the ’452 Patent). In doing so, we agreed to be bound by the PTAB’s decision in connection with the four IPR petitions filed by Axon against the ‘292 Patent and the ‘452 Patent. In light of our motion to stay, a compromise was subsequently reached with Digital Ally. Pursuant to the parties’ agreement and our pending motion to stay, the court stayed the case, and ordered the parties to submit a report by January 5, 2018 notifying the court about the status of the pending IPR petitions. The Patent Office denied institution of Axon’s IPR petitions IPR2017-00376, IPR-00515 and IPR2017-00775, which means theses requests will not proceed. The Patent Office granted institution of Axon’s IPR2017-00375 for all challenged claims.

This litigation is in the preliminary stages and the court has not yet entered a claim construction order. Although we cannot predict the outcome of this litigation, legal matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and there exists the possibility that the ultimate resolution of this litigation would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If the litigation is resolved in Digital Ally’s favor, we could face a significant damages award, be forced to take a license (if one is available on commercially reasonable terms) and/or stop making, using and selling some of our products.

 

80


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of the individuals who currently serve as directors and executive officers of WatchGuard. Set forth below the table is certain information regarding our officers’ and directors’ individual experience, qualifications, attributes and skills and brief statements of those aspects of our directors’ backgrounds that led us to conclude that they are qualified to serve as directors.

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Robert Vanman

     53     

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Stephen O. Coffman

     55     

President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

David Russell Walker

     51     

Chief Financial Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

David O. Brown(1)

     56     

Director

Gary D. Embretson(2)(3)

     60     

Director

Renée J. Hornbaker(2)(3)

     65     

Director

Russell T. Sach(1)(3)

     56     

Director

R. Keith Walters(1)(2)

     57     

Director

 

(1) Member of our nominating committee.

(2) Member of our audit committee.

(3) Member of our compensation committee.

Executive Officers

Robert Vanman has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors since he founded WatchGuard in 2002. From August 1999 to August 2002, Mr. Vanman was an owner and the Vice President of Sales for Applied Concepts, Inc. d/b/a Stalker Radar, a Texas-based company that develops Doppler radar and speed laser equipment for law enforcement agencies, and from July 1989 to August 1999, Mr. Vanman was the founder and President of Radar Sales, Inc., a Minnesota-based company that developed digital signal processor-based Doppler radar systems. Mr. Vanman has served on multiple committees of the International Association of Chiefs of Police, including the Speed Measurement Advisory Technical Subcommittee and the Digital Video Systems for Public Safety Advisory Panel. Since June 2016, Mr. Vanman has also served on the board of directors of Think East Africa, a non-profit organization developing a program to provide water wells in Burundi. He studied business and pre-engineering at North Hennepin Community College and transferred to the University of Minnesota-Twin Cities. He also studied theology at North Central University in Minneapolis, Minnesota for two years. Mr. Vanman was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his strong leadership experience and operational expertise from his prior experience developing and selling sophisticated electronic products to the law enforcement market.

Stephen O. Coffman has served as our President since May 2013, a member of our board of directors since July 2013 and as our Chief Operating Officer since July 2017. Mr. Coffman also briefly served on our board of directors in 2008. Before joining WatchGuard, Mr. Coffman served as the Chief Operating Officer of First Cash, Inc. (NYSE: FCFS), a provider of specialty consumer financial services and related retail products, from March 2008 to March 2013 where he had operational responsibility for all of First Cash’s locations in the United States and Mexico. Mr. Coffman served as the President of Wasp Barcode Technologies from November 2001 to March 2008. Mr. Coffman earned his bachelor’s degree in business administration and accounting from Texas A&M University. Mr. Coffman was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his executive leadership experience and substantial operational and business strategy expertise.

David Russell Walker has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2008 and served as our Secretary from July to October 2017. Mr. Walker also served as a member of our board of directors from

 

81


Table of Contents

June 2009 to July 2017. Prior to his appointment as Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Walker served as our Controller from 2005 to 2008. Prior to joining WatchGuard, Mr. Walker served 12 years in a variety of roles with manufacturing companies, including Fruit of the Earth, Inc. and General Aluminum, Inc. Mr. Walker is a Certified Public Accountant and earned his bachelor’s degree in economics and finance from the University of Texas at Dallas.

Non-Employee Directors

David O. Brown has served on our board of directors since July 2017. He currently serves as the Managing Director of Kroll, Inc., a contributor for ABC News and a consultant for Mark Cuban and the Dallas Mavericks. Previously, Chief Brown (Ret) served in various roles during his 33-year tenure with the Dallas Police Department, including the Assistant Chief of Police from 2005 to 2007, the Assistant City Manager from 2007 to 2008, and Chief of Police from May 2010 to October 2016. Chief Brown (Ret) has served on numerous non-profit boards and is currently serving on the board of Meadows Mental Health Institute and Early Matters Dallas and as a Trustee of the Southwestern Medical Foundation. He is also a senior advisor for the Rainwater Charitable Foundation. Chief Brown (Ret) holds a bachelor’s degree from Dallas Baptist University and a master of business administration from Amberton University. He is also a graduate of the FBI National Academy and the FBI National Executive Institute. Chief Brown (Ret) was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his leadership experience and expertise serving in law enforcement.

Gary D. Embretson has served on our board of directors since April 2013. Mr. Embretson is the President of Mayson Capital, LLC, a financial management and investment services firm. Mr. Embretson also serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Trinity3, LLC and as a member of its board of managers. Mr. Embretson is also the Chief Financial Officer of each of Hudson Ford, LLC, Austin Automotive, LLC and Hudson Ford Investments, LLC and a member of the board of managers of each company. Mr. Embretson earned his bachelor’s degree in accounting from the University of Minnesota. Mr. Embretson was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his strong financial background and executive leadership experience.

Renée J. Hornbaker has served on our board of directors since October 2017. Ms. Hornbaker serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and a member of the board of directors of Stream, a provider of retail energy, wireless, protective and home services. Prior to joining Stream, from October 2006 to October 2011, Ms. Hornbaker served as the Chief Financial Officer of Shared Technologies Inc., a provider of voice and data networking solutions that was acquired by Arrow Electronics, Inc. (NYSE: ARW). Ms. Hornbaker also served as the Chief Financial Officer of Flowserve Corporation (NYSE: FLS), a global provider of industrial flow management products and services, from April 1996 to July 2004. Ms. Hornbaker currently serves on the board of directors of Eastman Chemical Company (NYSE: EMN), a global specialty chemical company, and previously chaired its audit committee. She also serves on several private company boards, including the board of Tri Global Energy, a leading renewable energy developer, and The Freeman Company, a family- and employee-owned company that produces expositions, conventions, trade shows, and other corporate events and exhibits. Ms. Hornbaker is a Certified Public Accountant and earned both her bachelor’s degree in English and her master of business administration from Indiana University. Ms. Hornbaker was selected to serve on our board of directors due to her strong financial background and executive leadership experience.

Russell T. Sach has served on our board of directors since June 2009. Mr. Sach is currently a Principal at RTS Investment and Consulting d/b/a C Level Ventures, a strategy consulting and investment firm that he founded in 2009. Prior to founding RTS Investment and Consulting, Mr. Sach was part of the founding team of Expedia, Inc. (NASDAQ: EXPE), where he held various executive roles during his 10-year tenure. Mr. Sach is currently serving on the board of Beck Technology and Apposite Technology. Mr. Sach earned both his bachelor’s degree and his master of business administration with a finance focus from the University of Minnesota. Mr. Sach was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his decades of experience managing corporate strategies and organizational growth and his financial expertise.

 

82


Table of Contents

R. Keith Walters has served on our board of directors since July 2017. Mr. Walters has served as the Chief Operating Officer and President of Axiometrics Inc., a real estate data and analytics company specializing in apartment and student housing markets, since January 2012 and January 2017, respectively. Following the acquisition in February 2017 of Axiometrics Inc. by RealPage, Inc. (NASDAQ: RP), a company providing software and data analytics to the real estate industry, he became a Senior Vice President of RealPage, Inc. He previously served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of Sagiss LLC from June 2007 to December 2011 and as the Vice President and General Manager of Keane Inc. from May 2004 to September 2006. Mr. Walters earned his bachelor’s degree in data processing and quantitative analysis from the University of Arkansas. Mr. Walters was selected to serve on our board of directors due to his executive leadership experience.

There are no family relationships between our directors and any of our executive officers.

Board of Directors Composition and Risk Oversight

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The number of members of our board of directors will be fixed from time to time by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors, five of whom qualify as “independent” under NASDAQ rules. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business; reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our long-term strategic, financial and organizational goals and plans; and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and other members of senior management. Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our senior management is responsible for assessing and managing our risks on a day-to-day basis. Our audit committee periodically discusses with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management takes to limit, monitor or control such exposures. Our compensation committee oversees risks related to compensation policies. Both our audit and compensation committees report to the full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.

Director Independence

We expect that, upon the closing of this offering, our common stock will be listed on NASDAQ. Under NASDAQ rules, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the closing of its initial offering. In addition, NASDAQ rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under NASDAQ rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if the company’s board of directors affirmatively determines that the person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee, (i) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

In October 2017, our board of directors undertook a review of its composition and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that none of David O. Brown, Gary D. Embretson, Renée J. Hornbaker, Russell T. Sach or R. Keith Walters, representing five of our seven directors, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent

 

83


Table of Contents

judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under NASDAQ rules. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that the board of directors deemed relevant in determining his or her independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each such non-employee director.

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines provide that if the Chairman of the board of directors is not an independent director, the non-management directors are required to appoint a lead independent director to represent and coordinate the activities of the non-management and independent directors and to help ensure the independence of the board of directors from the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. Accordingly, in October 2017, the board of directors appointed Russell T. Sach as lead independent director. In his role as lead independent director, Mr. Sach’s responsibilities are to (i) preside over regularly scheduled executive sessions of non-management and independent directors, (ii) facilitate communication among the non-management and independent directors, (iii) act as a liaison between the non-management and independent directors and the Chief Executive Officer and (iv) perform such other roles and responsibilities as may be assigned to him by the board of directors.

Committees

Our board of directors has established the following committees: an audit committee; a compensation committee; and a nominating committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of three directors, Gary D. Embretson, Renée J. Hornbaker and R. Keith Walters, each of whom meets the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ rules and SEC rules and regulations. Renée J. Hornbaker is the chairperson of the audit committee and our board of directors has determined that she is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. Each member of the audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements under NASDAQ rules and no member of the audit committee has participated in the preparation of our or any of our subsidiaries’ financial statements at any time during the past three years. The audit committee operates under a written charter that complies with NASDAQ rules and applicable SEC rules and regulations.

Our audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audit of our financial statements. In that regard, our audit committee assists the board oversight of our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audit of our financial statements. Among other matters, the audit committee is responsible for (i) the appointment, compensation, retention, oversight and pre-approval of our independent auditors, including oversight of firm and partner rotation, (ii) establishing and overseeing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters, (iii) evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors, (iv) reviewing our annual and interim financial statements, (v) discussing earnings releases, financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies, (vi) discussing policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, (vii) reviewing and ensuring the adequacy of our internal control systems, (viii) reviewing and approving related party transactions and (ix) annually reviewing the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of three directors, Gary D. Embretson, Renée J. Hornbaker and Russell T. Sach, each of whom meets the independence requirements under current NASDAQ rules and SEC

 

84


Table of Contents

rules and regulations, is a non-employee director as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and is an outside director as defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Russell T. Sach is the chairperson of the compensation committee. Our compensation committee operates under a written charter that complies with NASDAQ rules and applicable SEC rules and regulations.

Our compensation committee reviews and approves, or recommends that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our executive officers. The principal duties and responsibilities of our compensation committee include, among other things, (i) reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, (ii) evaluating the performance of the chief executive officer in light of those goals and objectives, (iii) approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, all equity-related awards to our executive officers, (iv) approving and administering incentive-based compensation plans and equity-based compensation plans, (v) reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, employee benefit plans and (vi) reviewing and making recommendations with respect to the annual Compensation Discussion and Analysis.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Prior to October 2017, we did not have a formal compensation committee. Historically, an informal compensation committee consisting of Dennis Pirkle, Gary D. Embretson and Russell T. Sach determined Robert Vanman’s compensation, Robert Vanman determined the compensation of Stephen O. Coffman, and Stephen O. Coffman determined the compensation of all other executive officer(s). Our board of directors established a formal compensation committee in October 2017. None of the members of our compensation committee are, or at any time during the past year have been, an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers serve, or in the past year have served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation or similar committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Nominating Committee

Our nominating committee consists of three directors, R. Keith Walters, David O. Brown and Russell T. Sach, each of whom meets the independence requirements under current NASDAQ rules and SEC rules and regulations. R. Keith Walters is the chairperson of the nominating committee. Our nominating committee operates under a written charter that complies with NASDAQ rules and applicable SEC rules and regulations.

Our nominating committee is responsible for, among other things, (i) identifying and recommending candidates for membership on our board of directors, including nominees recommended by stockholders, (ii) reviewing and recommending the composition of our committees, (iii) developing, subject to approval by our board of directors, a process for an annual evaluation of our board of directors and its committees and overseeing the performance of this annual evaluation. The nominating committee also annually reviews the nominating committee charter and the committee’s performance.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

There have been no material legal proceedings that would require disclosure under the federal securities laws that are material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of our directors or executive officers or in which any director, officer, nominee or principal stockholder, or any affiliate thereof, is a party adverse to us or has a material interest adverse to us.

Code of Conduct

Our board of directors has adopted a code of conduct that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers.

 

85


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

Historically, we paid our directors an annual fee of $20,000 for their service on the board of directors. The following table presents the total compensation earned in the year ended December 31, 2016 for each non-employee member of our board of directors. The following table does not include director compensation information for (i) Messrs. Vanman, Coffman and Walker, whose compensation for director service is discussed in “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table For Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016” included elsewhere in this prospectus, (ii) Chief Brown (Ret) and Mr. Walters, who were appointed to the board of directors in July 2017 and (iii) Ms. Hornbaker, who was appointed to the board of directors in October 2017. All directors are entitled to reimbursement for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenditures incurred in connection with their service. Other than described below, we did not pay any fees to, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to the non-employee members of our board of directors.

 

Name

   Fees earned or paid in cash       All Other Compensation       Total   

Gary Embretson

   $ 20,000      $ 0      $ 20,000  

Dennis Pirkle(1)

   $ 20,000      $ 0      $ 20,000  

Russell Sach

   $ 20,000      $ 0      $ 20,000  

 

(1) Mr. Pirkle resigned from the board of directors in October 2017.

Our board of directors has approved a compensation policy for our non-employee directors, or the Director Compensation Program, to be in effect following the offering. Messrs. Vanman and Coffman will not receive any additional compensation for their service on our board of directors. Pursuant to the Director Compensation Program, our non-employee directors will receive the following compensation:

 

   

Each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer in the amount of $30,000 per year and an annual award of restricted stock with an aggregate fair market value of $30,000.

 

   

The chairperson of the audit committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $7,500 per year and an annual award of restricted stock with an aggregate fair market value of $7,500 for such chairperson’s service on the audit committee. Each non-chairperson member of the audit committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $1,250 per year and an annual award of restricted stock with an aggregate fair market value of $1,250 for such member’s service on the audit committee.

 

   

The chairperson of the compensation committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $2,500 per year and an annual award of restricted stock with an aggregate fair market value of $2,500 for such chairperson’s service on the compensation committee. Each non-chairperson member of the compensation committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $1,250 per year and an annual award of restricted stock with an aggregate fair market value of $1,250 for such member’s service on the compensation committee.

 

   

The chairperson of the nominating committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $2,500 per year and an annual award of restricted stock with an aggregate fair market value of $2,500 for such chairperson’s service on the nominating committee. Each non-chairperson member of the nominating committee will receive additional annual cash compensation in the amount of $1,250 per year and an annual award of restricted stock with an aggregate fair market value of $1,250 for such member’s service on the nominating committee.

Compensation to be paid in the form of restricted stock as described above will be awarded pursuant to the LTIP. Awards will be granted on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders and the number of shares underlying such awards will be determined based on the closing price of our common stock on such date. Such shares of restricted stock will cliff-vest on the seventh (7th) day following the first (1st) anniversary of the annual meeting, provided that the non-employee director is providing services to the Company through the applicable vesting date.

 

86


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

In 2016, our named executive officers were Robert Vanman, Stephen O. Coffman and David Russell Walker.

Summary Compensation Table For Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation for services rendered to us by our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary(1)
($)
     Bonus(2)
($)
     Stock
Awards

($)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total ($)  

Robert Vanman

     2016        379,074        —          —          294,114 (3)      30,135 (4)      703,323  

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

                  

Stephen O. Coffman

     2016        389,615        1,000        0(5)        196,076 (6)      20,725 (7)      607,416  

President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

                  

David Russell Walker

     2016        171,858        3,500        0(8)        96,018 (9)      14,029 (10)      285,405  

Chief Financial Officer

                  

 

 

(1) Includes $20,000 paid to each of Messrs. Vanman, Coffman and Walker for service on our board of directors during 2016, although Mr. Vanman elected to donate his director fee to a benevolence fund for our employees. Mr. Walker resigned as a member of our board of directors in July 2017.
(2) Each of Messrs. Coffman and Walker received a $1,000 discretionary cash bonus in December 2016. Mr. Walker also received a $2,500 discretionary cash bonus as recognition for his 10 years of service to the Company.
(3) Reflects a cash bonus paid to Mr. Vanman under the EBITDA Bonus Plan described below under the heading “—Narrative Discussion Regarding Summary Compensation Table—Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation—EBITDA Bonuses.” Mr. Vanman’s bonus was equal to 3% of EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2016.
(4) Reflects (i) $12,300 for annual membership dues for C12 Group, a professional organization, (ii) a $12,000 annual car allowance, (iii) Company matching contributions to a 401(k) plan for the benefit of Mr. Vanman and (iv) reimbursement of phone expenses.
(5) In June 2016, Mr. Coffman was granted 150,000 common membership units of WGV Associates. For additional information regarding this grant, see “—Narrative Discussion Regarding Summary Compensation Table—WGV Associates Interests.”
(6) Reflects a cash bonus paid to Mr. Coffman under the EBITDA Bonus Plan. Mr. Coffman’s bonus was equal to 2% of EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2016.
(7) Reflects (i) the amount distributed to Mr. Coffman as part of a Company-wide profit-sharing program described below under the heading “—Narrative Discussion Regarding Summary Compensation Table—All Other Compensation—Company-Wide Profit-Sharing Program,” (ii) $15,840 for annual membership dues for Vistage Worldwide, Inc., a professional organization and (iii) reimbursement of phone expenses.
(8) In June 2016, Mr. Walker was granted 60,000 common membership units of WGV Associates. For additional information regarding this grant, see “—Narrative Discussion Regarding Summary Compensation Table—WGV Associates Interests.”
(9) Mr. Walker received (a) a cash bonus under the EBITDA Bonus Plan in the amount of $49,018, which was equal to 0.5% of EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2016 and (b) $47,000 under the Senior Management Performance Bonus Plan described below under the heading “—Narrative Discussion Regarding Summary Compensation Table—Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation—Senior Management Performance Bonus Plan.”

 

87


Table of Contents
(10) Reflects (i) the amount distributed to Mr. Walker as part of a Company-wide profit-sharing program described below under the heading “—Narrative Discussion Regarding Summary Compensation Table—All Other Compensation—Company-Wide Profit-Sharing Program,” (ii) Company matching contributions to a 401(k) plan for the benefit of Mr. Walker and (iii) membership dues for Vistage Worldwide, Inc., a professional organization.

Narrative Discussion Regarding Summary Compensation Table

Executive Compensation Program Overview

The primary elements of our executive compensation program are:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

performance-based cash bonuses;

 

   

retirement and other benefits; and

 

   

perquisites and personal benefits.

Base Salary

We provide base salaries to our named executive officers to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year and to recognize their experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities. During 2016, we had an employment agreement with Mr. Vanman but did not have employment agreements with Messrs. Coffman and Walker. In October 2017, we entered into new employment agreements with each of Messrs. Vanman, Coffman and Walker, which are described below under the heading “—Compensation Arrangements.” In 2016, an informal compensation committee, consisting of Messrs. Embretson, Pirkle and Sach, determined the base salary for Mr. Vanman, Mr. Vanman determined the base salary for Mr. Coffman, and Mr. Coffman determined the base salary for Mr. Walker and other members of management.

WGV Associates Interests

On June 14, 2016, certain employees of the Company, including Messrs. Coffman and Walker, were granted common membership interests in WGV Associates, or the WGVA Interests. Prior to the Corporate Conversion, WGV Associates was the holder of a profits interest in Enforcement Video, LLC but did not have voting rights. Each member of WGV Associates acquired his or her WGVA Interests pursuant to a letter agreement that included vesting and forfeiture provisions as well as a call option that was exercisable upon the occurrence of certain events. Specifically, the WGVA Interests were scheduled to vest (a) 20% on each of July 1, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020 or (b) 100% upon a change in control (as such term was defined in the Company Agreement). In connection with the Corporate Conversion, we issued (i) 43,782 shares of common stock to Mr. Coffman and 17,513 shares of common stock to Mr. Walker in exchange for their respective vested WGVA Interests, and (ii) 65,673 shares of restricted stock to Mr. Coffman and 26,269 shares of restricted stock to Mr. Walker in exchange for their respective unvested WGVA Interests. In each case, the shares of restricted stock were issued under the LTIP and are subject to the terms of a restricted stock award agreement, a form of which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The shares of restricted stock will continue to vest in accordance with the schedule applicable to the WGVA Interests.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

EBITDA Bonuses

We have adopted a bonus plan for our named executive officers, or the EBITDA Bonus Plan, pursuant to which Mr. Vanman receives a cash bonus in an amount equal to 3% of EBITDA for the relevant period,

 

88


Table of Contents

Mr. Coffman receives a cash bonus in an amount equal to 2% of EBITDA for the relevant period and Mr. Walker receives a cash bonus in an amount equal to 0.5% of EBITDA for the relevant period. Amounts earned under the EBITDA Bonus Plan are paid to our named executive officers on a quarterly basis. In connection with this offering, we will discontinue the EBITDA Bonus Plan and adopt a new bonus plan as part of our comprehensive post-IPO compensation program for our named executive officers. The amounts paid to the named executive officers under the EBITDA Bonus Plan are included in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table.

Senior Management Performance Bonus Plan

We have also adopted a bonus plan for certain members of senior management, or the Senior Management Performance Bonus Plan, pursuant to which bonuses are determined based on individual and Company performance metrics. Mr. Walker was the only named executive officer who participated in the Senior Management Performance Bonus Plan. Approximately 80% of Mr. Walker’s bonus under the Senior Management Performance Bonus Plan was based on the achievement of a net revenue target, and approximately 20% of his bonus was determined based on the achievement of individual performance goals set on a quarterly basis. The amount paid to Mr. Walker under the Senior Management Performance Bonus Plan is included in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table.

All Other Compensation

Company-Wide Profit-Sharing Program

On a quarterly basis, we distribute 10% of net income before taxes to all employees other than Mr. Vanman, who has elected not to participate in this program. Amounts distributed to Messrs. Coffman and Walker are included in the All Other Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table.

Retirement and Other Benefits

We believe that establishing competitive benefit packages for our employees is an important factor in attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel. We maintain broad-based benefits that are provided to all employees, including medical, dental, group life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance, long- and short-term disability insurance, and a defined contribution 401(k) retirement plan. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, in each case on the same basis as other employees.

We do not maintain any defined benefit pension plans or any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits

In 2016, we provided our named executive officers with perquisites and other personal benefits that we believed were reasonable and consistent with our overall compensation program. We pay life insurance premiums for each of our named executive officers. Mr. Vanman also receives a monthly car allowance. Attributed costs, if any, of the personal benefits described above for the named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2016 are included in the summary compensation table under the heading “All Other Compensation.”

 

89


Table of Contents

2016 Fiscal Year Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table lists the outstanding equity awards held by each of Messrs. Coffman and Walker as of December 31, 2016. Mr. Vanman did not hold any outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2016.

 

     Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of
shares or units
of stock that
have not vested
(#)(1)
     Market value of
shares of units of
stock that have
not vested(2) ($)
     Equity incentive
plan awards:
Number of
unearned shares,
units or other rights
that have not vested
(#)
     Equity incentive
plan awards:
Market or payout
value of unearned
shares, units or
other rights that
have not vested
($)
 

Robert Vanman

     —          —          —          —    

Stephen O. Coffman

     120,000        —          —          —    

David Russell Walker

     48,000        —          —          —    

 

(1) The amounts reported in this column represent common membership units in WGV Associates. The WGVA Interests were scheduled to vest (or have vested) (a) 20% on each of July 1, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020 or (b) 100% upon a change in control (as such term is defined in the Company Agreement). See “—Narrative Discussion Regarding Summary Compensation Table—WGV Associates Interests” for additional information regarding the WGVA Interests.
(2) WGV Associates held a profits interest in Enforcement Video, LLC and was entitled to receive distributions only upon a sale of the Company or other similar transactions, and only to the extent that the proceeds exceeded a benchmark amount. No value is realized as a result of vesting of the WGVA Interests.

Compensation Arrangements

Executive Employment Agreements

On June 4, 2008, we entered into an executive employment agreement with Robert Vanman, or the 2008 Vanman Agreement. The 2008 Vanman Agreement provided for an annual base salary of $300,000, subject to increases from time to time at the discretion of our board of directors. Mr. Vanman was also eligible to receive bonuses from time to time, as determined at the discretion of our board of directors in accordance with our bonus plans or programs.

Prior to October 2017, we did not have employment agreements with Messrs. Coffman and Walker. On October 12, 2017, we entered into executive employment agreements with each of Messrs. Vanman, Coffman and Walker, or the NEO Employment Agreements. The NEO Employment Agreement with Mr. Vanman superseded and replaced the 2008 Vanman Agreement in its entirety. With the exception of the position and annual compensation (base salary and annual bonus potential), the material terms of the NEO Employment Agreements for all three of our named executive officers are substantially the same. The summary of the NEO Employment Agreements below does not contain a complete description of all provisions of the NEO Employment Agreements, copies of which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Pursuant to their respective NEO Employment Agreements, effective as of January 1, 2018, Mr. Vanman will receive an annual base salary of $425,000, Mr. Coffman will receive an annual base salary of $425,000, and Mr. Walker will receive an annual base salary of $225,000. Each named executive officer is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 100% percent of annual base salary. The NEO Employment Agreements also provide that each named executive officer is eligible to participate in, or receive benefits under, our employee benefit plans and any plan or arrangement made available to our senior executives, including any retirement 401(k) plan, health and dental plan and life insurance and disability plans in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans or arrangements. Each named executive officer is also entitled to paid time off and reimbursement of business expenses. In connection with the NEO Employment Agreements, each named executive officer agreed to confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement and intellectual property protection provisions.

 

90


Table of Contents

Each NEO Employment Agreement has an initial term of five years and will automatically renew for one-year terms thereafter, unless earlier terminated by us or the named executive officer pursuant to the terms of the employment agreements. Each named executive officer’s employment terminates upon death, disability, termination by us with or without “Cause,” or termination by the named executive officer with or without “Good Reason.” In each case, the named executive officer is entitled to (i) any accrued, unpaid base salary through the date of termination, (ii) any payments or benefits provided under the terms and conditions of the employee benefit plans of the Company in which the named executive officer is a participant on the date of termination, (iii) any unreimbursed expenses properly incurred prior to the date of termination and (iv) except in the case of a termination by the Company for “Cause” or resignation by the named executive officer without “Good Reason” (each as defined below), any annual bonus earned for the fiscal year prior to the year of termination but not yet paid as of the date of termination. In addition, if the named executive officer’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the named executive officer with Good Reason prior to a “Change in Control” (as defined in the NEO Employment Agreements) or more than 12 months after a Change in Control, subject to the execution of a release of claims and the named executive officer’s compliance with the restrictive covenants in his NEO Employment Agreement, the named executive officer is also entitled to an amount equal to 18 months of his base salary at the time of his termination, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices. If the named executive officer’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the named executive officer with Good Reason on or within the 12-month period after a Change in Control, subject to the execution and return of a release of claims and the named executive officer’s compliance with the restrictive covenants in his NEO Employment Agreement, the named executive officer is also entitled to an amount equal to 24 months of his base salary at the time of his termination, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices. In addition, each NEO Employment Agreement contains a Code Section 280G better-off cutback provision, which provides that, in the event that the payments and benefits provided to the NEO in connection with a Change in Control constitute parachute payments within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, the named executive officer’s payments and benefits will either be delivered in full or reduced to the extent necessary to avoid an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever would result in the named executive officer receiving the largest amount of payments and benefits on an after-tax basis.

Each of the NEO Employment Agreements defines “Cause” as termination due to (i) an act or acts of theft, embezzlement, fraud or dishonesty; (ii) any willful misconduct or gross negligence by the named executive officer with regard to the Company; (iii) any violation by the named executive officer of any fiduciary duties owed by him to the Company; (iv) the named executive officer’s conviction of, or pleading nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony that causes damage to us or our reputation; (v) a material violation of our written policies, standards, or guidelines, which the named executive officer failed to cure within 30 days after receiving written notice from the board of directors specifying the alleged violation; (vi) the named executive officer’s willful failure or refusal to perform the duties and responsibilities required to be performed by him under the terms of the NEO Employment Agreement or necessary to carry out his job duties, which the named executive officer failed to cure within 30 days after receiving written notice from the board of directors specifying the alleged willful failure or refusal; and (vii) a material breach by the named executive officer of the NEO Employment Agreement that is not cured by the named executive officer within 30 days after receiving written notice from us of such breach specifying the details thereof.

Each of the NEO Employment Agreements defines “Good Reason” as (i) a reduction by the Company of the named executive officer’s base salary, without his consent; (ii) a material diminution of the named executive officer’s duties; (iii) without the named executive officer’s consent, the Company relocates its principal executive offices, or requires the named executive officer to have his principal work location change which results in the Executive’s principal work location being changed to a location in excess of 30 miles from the location of the Company’s principal executive offices on the Effective Date; or (iv) a successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets fails to assume this Agreement either contractually or by operation of law. The foregoing events shall not constitute Good Reason unless the named executive officer delivers to the board of directors a written notice of termination for Good Reason specifying the alleged Good Reason within 60 days after the named executive officer first learns of the existence of the circumstances giving rise to Good

 

91


Table of Contents

Reason, within 30 days following delivery of such notice, the Company has failed to cure the circumstances giving rise to Good Reason, and the named executive officer resigns within 30 days after the end of the cure period.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

We have reserved a total of 2,100,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the LTIP. The LTIP allows us to grant an array of equity-based incentive awards to our employees, contractors and outside directors. The following is a summary of the material terms of the LTIP.

Purpose

The purpose of the LTIP is to:

 

   

increase the interests of recipients of awards under the LTIP in the Company’s welfare;

 

   

advance the Company’s interests by attracting and retaining qualified employees, outside directors and other persons providing services to the Company and/or its related companies;

 

   

furnish an incentive to such persons to continue their services for the Company and/or its related companies; and

 

   

provide a means through which the Company may attract able persons as employees, contractors and outside directors.

Administration

The LTIP generally will be administered by the compensation committee of the board of directors. The compensation committee shall determine the recipients of awards, the types of awards to be granted and the applicable terms, provisions, limitations and performance requirements of such awards. The compensation committee will also have the authority to conclusively interpret the LTIP and any award agreements under the LTIP. The compensation committee may delegate certain duties to one or more officers of the Company as provided in the LTIP.

Types of Awards

The LTIP will provide for grants of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonqualified stock options, or NQSOs, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance awards, dividend equivalent rights, and other awards.

 

   

Stock Options. A stock option is a contractual right to purchase shares at a future date at a specified exercise price. The per share exercise price of a stock option will be determined by our compensation committee and many not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date (or higher for certain employees receiving ISOs). The compensation committee will determine the date after which each stock option may be exercised and the expiration date of each option, which may not exceed ten years from the grant date. The compensation committee may grant either ISOs qualifying under Section 422 of the Code or NQSOs, provided that only employees of the Company and its subsidiaries (excluding subsidiaries that are not corporations) are eligible to receive ISOs.

 

   

The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our shares of common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an option holder during any calendar year under the LTIP may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as a NQSO. No ISOs may be granted to any person who, at the time of grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the shares of common stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

 

92


Table of Contents
   

SARs. SARs represent a contractual right to receive, in cash or shares, an amount equal to the appreciation of one share of our common stock from the grant date. The grant price of a SAR cannot be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date. The compensation committee will determine the date after which each SAR may be exercised and the expiration date of each SAR, which may not exceed ten years from the grant date.

 

   

Restricted Stock. Restricted stock is an award of shares of our common stock that are subject to restrictions on transfer and a substantial risk of forfeiture because of termination of service or failure to achieve certain performance conditions. Shares of restricted stock may be subject to restrictions which do not permit the holder to sell, transfer, pledge or assign his shares. The compensation committee will determine the vesting and forfeiture conditions for each grant of restricted stock.

 

   

RSUs. RSUs represent a contractual right to receive the value of a share of our common stock at a future date, subject to specified vesting and other restrictions determined by the compensation committee. The compensation committee will determine the vesting conditions, payment dates, and forfeiture conditions for each grant of RSUs.

 

   

Performance Awards. Performance awards, which may be denominated in cash or shares, will be earned on the satisfaction of performance conditions specified by our compensation committee at the end of a specified performance period. The compensation committee will determine the length of the performance period, the maximum payment value of an award, and the minimum performance goals required before payment will be made, so long as such provisions are not inconsistent with the terms of the LTIP, and to the extent an award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, are in compliance with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any applicable regulations or guidance. To the extent the Company determines that Section 162(m) of the Code shall apply to a performance award granted under the LTIP, it is the intent of the Company that performance awards constitute “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Further, if complying with Section 162(m) of the Code, no participant may receive performance awards in any calendar year which have an aggregate value of more than $5,000,000, and if such awards involve the issuance of common stock, the aggregate value shall be based on the fair market value of such shares on the time of grant of such awards. In certain circumstances, the compensation committee may, in its discretion, determine that the amount payable with respect to certain performance awards will be reduced from the amount of any potential awards. However, the compensation committee may not, in any event, increase the amount of compensation payable to an individual upon the attainment of a performance goal intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. With respect to a performance award that is not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, if the compensation committee determines in its sole discretion that the established performance measures or objectives are no longer suitable because of a change in the Company’s business, operations, corporate structure, or for other reasons that the compensation committee deems satisfactory, it may modify the performance measures or objectives and/or the performance period.

 

   

Dividend Equivalent Rights. Dividend equivalent rights represent the right of the participant to receive cash or stock equal in value to the dividends that would have been paid on the shares of common stock specified in the award if such shares were held by the participant.

 

   

Other Awards. Our compensation committee is authorized to grant other forms of awards, based upon, payable in, or otherwise related to, in whole or in part, shares of common stock if the compensation committee determines that such other form of award is consistent with the purpose and restrictions of the LTIP.

Performance Measures

Awards of restricted stock, RSUs, performance awards and other awards under the LTIP may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals relating to one or more business criteria used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company, which, where applicable, shall be

 

93


Table of Contents

within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and consist of one or more or any combination of the following criteria: product innovation and development; project completion; customer satisfaction; productivity; greater geographic and product diversification; protecting the Company’s intellectual property; launching and/or completion of research and development initiatives; expansion of customer base; production performance; maintenance of worldwide regulatory compliance; creation and advancement of technology; cash flow; cost; revenues; sales; ratio of debt to debt plus equity; net borrowing, credit quality or debt ratings; profit before tax; economic profit; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; gross margin; earnings per share (whether on a pre-tax, after-tax, operational or other basis); operating earnings; capital expenditures; expenses or expense levels; economic value added; ratio of operating earnings to capital spending or any other operating ratios; free cash flow; net profit; net sales; net asset value per share; the accomplishment of mergers, acquisitions, dispositions, public offerings or similar extraordinary business transactions; sales growth; price of the Company’s common stock; return on assets, equity or stockholders’ equity; market share; inventory levels, inventory turn or shrinkage; or total return to stockholders (collectively, “Performance Criteria”). Any Performance Criteria may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit of the Company and may be measured relative to a peer group or index. Any Performance Criteria may include or exclude (i) events that are of an unusual nature or indicate infrequency of occurrence, (ii) gains or losses on the disposition of a business, (iii) changes in tax or accounting regulations or laws, (iv) the effect of a merger or acquisition, as identified in the Company’s quarterly and annual earnings releases, or (v) other similar occurrences. In all other respects, Performance Criteria shall be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, under generally accepted accounting principles, or under a methodology established by the compensation committee prior to the issuance of an award which is consistently applied and identified in the audited financial statements, including footnotes, or the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section of the Company’s annual report. However, to the extent Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable, the compensation committee may not in any event increase the amount of compensation payable to an individual upon the attainment of a performance goal.

Authorized Shares

The Company has reserved 2,100,000 of its shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to the LTIP, of which 100% may be delivered pursuant to ISOs. The maximum number of shares of common stock with respect to which stock options or SAR’s may be granted to an officer of the Company subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or a “covered employee” as defined in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code during any calendar year is limited to 1,050,000 shares of common stock. To the extent any award under the LTIP is forfeited, expired or cancelled, then the number of shares of common stock covered by the award or stock option so forfeited, expired or canceled will again be available for awards under the LTIP.

Capital Adjustments

In the event that any dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, rights offering, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, split-off, combination, subdivision, repurchase, or exchange of common stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase common stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the fair value of an award, the compensation committee shall adjust any or all of the following so that the fair value of the award immediately after the transaction or event is equal to the fair value of the award immediately prior to the transaction or event:

 

   

the number of shares and type of common stock (or the securities or property) which thereafter may be made the subject of awards;

 

   

the number of shares and type of common stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding awards;

 

   

the number of shares and type of Common Stock (or other securities or property) specified as the annual per-participant limitation specified in the LTIP;

 

   

the option price of each outstanding award;

 

94


Table of Contents
   

the amount, if any, the Company pays for forfeited shares of common stock; and

 

   

the number of or SAR price of shares of common stock then subject to outstanding SARs previously granted and unexercised under the LTIP, to the end that the same proportion of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock in each instance shall remain subject to exercise at the same aggregate SAR price, provided that, the number of shares of common stock (or other securities or property) subject to any award shall always be a whole number.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made or authorized to the extent that such adjustment would cause the LTIP or any award to violate Section 422 of the Code or Section 409A of the Code. All such adjustments must be made in accordance with the rules of any securities exchange, stock market, or stock quotation system to which the Company is subject.

Eligibility

Any employees, contractors and outside directors whose judgment, initiative and efforts contributed or may be expected to contribute to the successful performance of the Company are eligible to receive awards under the LTIP.

Vesting; Termination of Service.

The compensation committee, in its sole discretion, may determine that an award will be immediately vested in whole or in part, or that all or any portion may not be vested until a date, or dates, subsequent to its grant date, or until the occurrence of one or more specified events, subject in any case to the terms of the LTIP. If the compensation committee imposes conditions upon vesting, then, except as otherwise provided below, subsequent to the grant date the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the date on which all or any portion of the award may be vested. Except for any portion of an award that constitutes an “Exempt Share” (as defined in the LTIP), all awards granted by the compensation committee must vest no earlier than one year after the date of grant, and all Full Value Awards that are payable upon the completion of future services must vest no earlier than over the three year period commencing on the date of grant on a pro rata basis. Except for any portion of an award that constitutes an Exempt Share, the compensation committee may not accelerate the vesting or waive any applicable restriction period for any “Full Value Awards” (as defined in the LTIP), except upon the participant’s death, disability, or occurrence of a change in control. The number of Exempt Shares is limited to 10% of the number of shares available for issuance under the LTIP. The compensation committee may impose on any award such additional terms and conditions as the compensation committee determines, including terms requiring forfeiture of awards in the event of a participant’s termination of service. Except as otherwise provided in an award, nonvested restricted stock will be forfeited upon a participant’s termination of service during the applicable restriction period.

Change in Control

Except as may be required to comply with Section 409A of the Code, upon the effective date of any change in control (as defined in the LTIP), merger, consolidation or share exchange, or any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or preference stocks ranking prior to or otherwise affecting the common stock or the rights thereof (or any rights, options, or warrants to purchase same), or any proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or of any dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all awards granted under the LTIP may be cancelled by the Company by either (i) notice of its intention to cancel those awards for which the issuance of shares of common stock involved payment by the participant for such shares, and permitting the purchase during the thirty (30) day period next preceding such effective date of any or all of the shares of common stock subject to such awards, including in the board’s discretion some or all of the shares as to which such awards would not otherwise be vested and exercisable or (ii) in the case of awards that may be settled in shares of common stock, payment to the holder of an amount equal to a reasonable estimate of the difference between the net amount per share payable in such transaction or as a result of such transaction, and the price per share to be paid by the participant, multiplied by the number of shares subject to the award, subject to the terms of the LTIP.

 

95


Table of Contents

Transferability

Awards under the LTIP generally may not be transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise conveyed or encumbered other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that the compensation committee may permit transfers to or for the benefit of the participant’s family.

Effective Date and Expiration; Termination and Amendment

The LTIP became effective on October 1, 2017 and will terminate on October 1, 2027, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors. No awards may be made under the LTIP after its expiration date, but awards made prior thereto may extend beyond that date. Our board of directors may at any time and from time to time, without the consent of the participants, alter, amend, revise, suspend or discontinue the LTIP in whole or in part. Our board of directors does not need stockholder approval to amend the LTIP unless required by any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the common stock is listed or by applicable law. Unless required by law, no action by our board of directors regarding amendment or discontinuance of the LTIP may adversely affect any rights of any participants or obligations of the Company to any participants with respect to any outstanding award under the LTIP without the consent of the affected participant.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Other than pursuant to the 2008 Vanman Agreement and the NEO Employment Agreements as described in “—Compensation Arrangements—Executive Employment Agreements,” none of our named executive officers have a right to receive severance or other benefits upon termination or a change in control.

 

96


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Set forth below is a description of transactions since January 1, 2014 in which we have been a participant, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeds or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our common membership units, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Vanman Notes

On June 1, 2012, we entered into a secured promissory note due June 1, 2017 with Mr. Vanman, or the 2012 Vanman Note, with an original principal amount of $300,000. The 2012 Vanman Note accrued interest at an annual rate of 1.30%. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the principal outstanding under the 2012 Vanman Note was $300,000, and the amount of interest paid for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 was $0, $7,800 and $3,330, respectively. Mr. Vanman repaid the 2012 Vanman Note in full in June 2016.

On February 25, 2013, we entered into a secured promissory note due March 1, 2018 with Mr. Vanman, or the 2013 Vanman Note, with an original principal amount of $150,000. The 2013 Vanman Note accrued interest at an annual rate of 5.25%. During the year ended December 31, 2014, Mr. Vanman paid $8,673 in interest on the 2013 Vanman Note. Mr. Vanman repaid the 2013 Vanman Note in full in June 2014.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

In October 2017, we entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current executive officers and directors. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We expect to increase our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage prior to the completion of this offering.

Review and Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties

We have adopted a formal written policy that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, without the prior review and approval of our audit committee. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee will consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances of the related party transaction and the related party’s relationship and interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

Corporate Conversion

Effective October 1, 2017, we converted into a Delaware corporation and changed our name to WatchGuard, Inc. Prior to October 1, 2017, we were a Texas limited liability company and the membership interests of the Company were divided into two classes: common membership interests and the employee profits interest. The employee profits interest was held by WGV Associates, which was the sole employee profits member of Enforcement Video, LLC. The members of WGV Associates were current and former employees of the Company, including Stephen O. Coffman and David Russell Walker. Upon the Corporate Conversion, each member of WGV Associates, including Mr. Coffman and Mr. Walker, received 0.7297 shares of common stock of WatchGuard, Inc. in exchange for each common membership unit of WGV Associates, 60% of which remain subject to vesting conditions.

 

97


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of                , 2017, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in our initial public offering, for:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting securities;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each of the selling stockholders.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under such rules, a person is generally deemed to beneficially own a security if such person has sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to that security, including with respect to options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. Each of the persons and entities named in the table below acquired their shares of common stock pursuant to the Corporate Conversion. See “Corporate Conversion” for additional information.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 8,604,504 shares of common stock outstanding at                 , 2017. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that                  shares of common stock will be issued by us in our initial public offering. The table below excludes any shares of common stock that may be purchased through the directed share program.

 

    Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Prior to
this Offering
    Shares to be Sold
in this Offering
    Shares Beneficially Owned
After this Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner(1)

  Number         %     Excluding
Exercise
of Option
to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
    Including
Exercise
of Option
to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
    Excluding Exercise
of Option to
Purchase Additional
Shares
    Including Exercise
of Option to
Purchase
Additional
Shares
 
          Number     %     Number     %  

5% Stockholders:

               

Vanman Family Partnership, Ltd.(2)

    1,347,069       15.7              

Non-Employee Directors:

               

David O. Brown

    —         —                

Gary D. Embretson

    290,000       3.4              

Renée J. Hornbaker

    —         —                

Russell T. Sach(3)

    100,000       1.2              

R. Keith Walters

    —         —                

Named Executive Officers:

               

Robert Vanman(4)

    3,958,621       46.0              

Stephen O. Coffman(5)

    209,455       2.4              

David Russell Walker(6)

    76,543       *              

All directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons)

    4,634,619       53.9              

 

98


Table of Contents

 

* Less than one percent of common stock outstanding.
(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner in the table above is c/o WatchGuard, 415 Century Parkway, Allen, Texas 75013.
(2) Vanman Family Partnership, Ltd. is a private limited partnership in which National Christian Foundation holds a 99% limited partnership interest and WatchGuard Management, LLC holds a 1% limited partnership interest. WatchGuard Management, LLC is the general partner of Vanman Family Partnership, Ltd. Mr. Vanman is the sole member of WatchGuard Management, LLC.
(3) Represents shares held by the Russ Sach Revocable Trust u/a May 24, 2006, or the Sach Trust. Mr. Sach is the sole trustee of the Sach Trust.
(4) Includes 1,347,069 shares held by Vanman Family Partnership, Ltd. See footnote 2 above.
(5) Includes 65,673 unvested shares of restricted stock.
(6) Includes 26,269 unvested shares of restricted stock.

 

99


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description summarizes important terms of our capital stock. For a complete description, you should refer to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, forms of which are incorporated by reference to the exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant portions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL. References to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are to our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, respectively, each of which became effective on October 1, 2017. The description of our common stock and preferred stock reflects the completion of the Corporate Conversion that was effective as of October 1, 2017.

General

Prior to October 1, 2017, we were a Texas limited liability company and the rights and obligations of our members were governed by the Company Agreement. On October 1, 2017, we effected the Corporate Conversion pursuant to which we converted into a Delaware corporation and changed our name to WatchGuard, Inc. The rights and obligations set forth in the Company Agreement terminated immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Conversion. As of October 1, 2017, the Company is a federal taxpayer as opposed to a pass-through entity for tax purposes. The following description of our capital stock is a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Upon consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 90,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 10,000,000 and shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. Immediately following the completion of this offering, we expect to have                shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

As of                     , there were                  shares of our common stock outstanding, held by                  stockholders of record.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock and any contractual obligations, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. See “Dividend Policy.”

Voting Rights

Except as required by law or matters relating solely to the terms of preferred stock, each outstanding share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of our common stock have no cumulative voting rights. Except with respect to matters relating to the election and removal of directors and as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation or required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders require the approval of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. Directors are elected by a plurality of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

Liquidation

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

100


Table of Contents

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation permits our board of directors to, without further action by our stockholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the designation of the series;

 

   

the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding;

 

   

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

   

the dates at which, or conditions upon which, dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

   

the redemption rights, time or times and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

   

the entitled rights of shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs, or upon any distribution of the assets, of the Company;

 

   

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Company, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

   

restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

   

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock. Under specified circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. We may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our common stock and the market value of our common stock. Upon consummation of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law

The provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, may discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with the board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders.

 

101


Table of Contents

However, they also give the board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.

Board of Directors

Our board of directors consists of seven members. Our certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of common stock then entitled to vote on the election of directors. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors may be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board of directors, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office, even if less than a quorum.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only upon the request of a majority of our board of directors or upon the request of the president. Our bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control or management of our company.

Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board or a committee of our board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder must comply with the advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Our bylaws allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

No Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock to act by written consent instead of a meeting, stockholder action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by written consent instead of a meeting. Failure to satisfy any of the requirements for a stockholder meeting could delay, prevent or invalidate stockholder action. Stockholders will not be allowed to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue any authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of NASDAQ. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Section 203 of the DGCL

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

102


Table of Contents
   

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

 

   

at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Choice of Forum

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or if no Court of Chancery located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the Federal District Court for the District of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by our directors, officers, or other employees to us or to our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or any director, officer or other employee arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any director, officer or other employee that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. It is possible that a court could rule that this provision is not applicable or is unenforceable. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our certificate of incorporation.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “WGRD”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC.

 

103


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after our initial public offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, a total of                shares of our common stock will be outstanding, based on the number of shares outstanding as of                , 2017. This includes                shares of common stock that we are selling in this offering, which shares may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, and assuming no extension of the lock-up period and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, the shares of our common stock that are deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

 

   

            shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

            additional shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described below 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in many cases to the limitations of either Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreement

We, all of our directors and executive officers, all of the selling stockholders, and all other holders of our shares, have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. See “Underwriting.”

After the offering, our employees, directors and executive officers may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

See “Underwriting” for a more complete description of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

 

104


Table of Contents

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after our initial public offering, or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction before the effective date of our initial public offering that was completed in reliance on Rule 701 and complied with the requirements of Rule 701 will, subject to the lock-up restrictions described below, be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Stock Options

As soon as practicable after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under the LTIP. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the Form S-8 registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of the LTIP, see “Executive Compensation—Compensation Arrangements—Long-Term Incentive Plan.”

 

105


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S.

HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

The following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to “non-U.S. holders” of ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to provide a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax and estate tax considerations relating thereto.

For purposes of the following discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state or political subdivision thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

a partnership;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

You are not a non-U.S. holder for purposes of the following discussion if you are an alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, or in certain cases if you are a former U.S. citizen or former resident of the United States, in either of which cases you should consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of our common stock.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership or other type of pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes owns our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or beneficial owner of the entity may depend upon the status of the owner, the activities of the entity and certain determinations made at the partner or beneficial owner level. Partners and beneficial owners in partnerships or other pass-through entities that own our common stock should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to them.

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein, which changes may have effect retroactively. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances or that are subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation: banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions; persons subject to the alternative minimum tax; tax-exempt or governmental organizations, agencies or instrumentalities; controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; partnerships or other entities treated as pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes; brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies; persons that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings; persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our common stock, except to the extent specifically set forth below; real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies; persons who hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale, or other integrated security transaction; persons who hold or receive our common stock as compensation; and persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code). This discussion does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction. Prospective non-U.S. holders should consult their tax

 

106


Table of Contents

advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Distributions on Common Stock

We do not expect to pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do pay dividends on shares of our common stock, however, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in shares of our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock. See “—Dispositions of Common Stock.”

Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder on our common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. holder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying its entitlement to benefits under such a treaty.

If, however, a dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by the non-U.S. holder (and, if an applicable tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States),the 30% withholding tax would not apply to such dividend (provided such non-U.S. holder provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are “effectively connected” with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States). Instead, the dividends so treated as “effectively connected” will be generally subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at graduated rates in substantially the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person. In addition, in certain circumstances, if you are a foreign corporation you may be subject to a 30% (or, if an income tax treaty applies and you qualify for the benefits of such treaty, such lower rate as provided, if any) branch profits tax on dividends you receive that are effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

Dispositions of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and FATCA, gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if an applicable tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), in which case the gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax generally in the same manner as effectively connected dividend income as described above in “—Distributions on Common Stock”; or

 

   

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period of our common stock, whichever period is shorter, and either (i) our common stock has ceased to be “regularly traded” as defined by

 

107


Table of Contents
 

applicable U.S. Treasury regulations on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs or (ii) such non-U.S. holder owns, or has owned, at any time during the five-year period preceding the disposition or such non-U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, actually or constructively, more than 5% of any class of our common stock that is publicly traded.

We believe that we are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a U.S. real property holding corporation, but there can be no assurances that we are not now or will not become in the future a U.S. real property holding corporation.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Any dividends that are paid to a non-U.S. holder must be reported annually to the IRS and to the non-U.S. holder. Copies of these information returns also may be made available to the tax authorities of the jurisdiction in which the non-U.S. holder resides. Unless the non-U.S. holder is an “exempt recipient,” dividends paid on our common stock and the gross proceeds from a taxable disposition of our common stock may be subject to additional information reporting and may also be subject to U.S. federal backup withholding if such non-U.S. holder fails to comply with applicable U.S. information reporting and certification requirements.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts so withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded by the IRS or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA Withholding Taxes

Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury Regulations, rules or other guidance issued thereunder (including after the date hereof) and the terms of implementing intergovernmental agreements, and legislation or rules and similar laws commonly referred to as “FATCA” generally impose a withholding of 30% on payments of U.S.-source dividends, and, for sales or dispositions on or after January 1, 2019, proceeds from our common stock to “foreign financial institutions” (which is broadly defined for this purpose and in general includes certain investment vehicles) and certain other non-U.S. entities unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) under FATCA have been satisfied, or an exemption from FATCA applies (typically certified as to by the delivery of a properly completed IRS Form W-8). If FATCA withholding is imposed, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution generally will be entitled to a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effects of FATCA on their investment in our common shares.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise.

EACH PROSPECTIVE NON-U.S. HOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THE NON-U.S. HOLDER’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

108


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Barclays Capital Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. are acting as representatives of the underwriters and book-running managers of this offering. Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders the respective number of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares
 

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase shares of common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

 

   

the obligation to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered hereby (other than those shares of common stock covered by their option to purchase additional shares as described below), if any of the shares are purchased;

 

   

the representations and warranties made by us and the selling stockholders to the underwriters are true;

 

   

there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

   

we and the selling stockholders deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

Commissions and Expenses

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we and the selling stockholders will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us and the selling stockholders for the shares.

 

     Us      Selling Stockholders  
     No Exercise      Full Exercise      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $      $      $      $  

Total

   $      $      $      $  

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $        per share. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms.

The expenses of the offering that are payable by us and the selling stockholders are estimated to be approximately $                (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions). We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses related to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $        . We have also agreed to pay certain expenses incurred by the selling stockholders in connection with the offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of                shares from the

 

109


Table of Contents

selling stockholders at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional shares based on the underwriter’s percentage underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting section.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and executive officers, all of the selling stockholders, and all other holders of our shares, have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus subject to certain limited exceptions, including those described below, we and they will not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of common stock (including, without limitation, shares of common stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (other than, with respect to us, the stock and shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans, or other employee compensation plans existing on the date of this prospectus, or sell or grant options, rights or warrants with respect to any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock (other than, with respect to us, the grant of options pursuant to option plans existing on the date of this prospectus), (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of shares of common stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock or any of our other securities (other than any registration statement on Form S-8), or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

These lock-up restrictions will not apply to: (a) transactions relating to shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in the open market after the completion of this offering, (b) bona fide gifts, as long as such donee agrees to be bound by the terms of the lock-up agreement, (c) the exercise of warrants or the exercise of stock options granted pursuant to our stock option or incentive plans or otherwise outstanding at the completion of this offering, so long as the shares of our common stock received upon such exercise or conversion will remain subject to the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement, (d) the establishment of any contract, instruction or plan that satisfies all of the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act or (e) any demand or request for the registration by us under the Securities Act of shares of our common stock, except that no such shares may be transferred and no registration statement may be filed during the lock-up period.

Barclays Capital Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time. Any release will be considered on a case-by-case basis. Barclays Capital Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. may consider, among other factors, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested, the trading price of the common stock, historical trading volumes of the common stock, whether the person seeking the release is an officer, director or affiliate of ours, and market conditions at the time. At least three business days before the effectiveness of any release or waiver of any of the restrictions described above with respect to any of our officers or directors, Barclays Capital Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. will notify us of the impending release or waiver and we have agreed to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, except where the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of common stock that is not for consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms

 

110


Table of Contents

as the lock-up agreements described above to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of transfer.

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives considered:

 

   

the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects;

 

   

the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

   

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies.

Indemnification

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the shares offered hereby for our officers, directors, employees, clients, suppliers, vendors and friends and relatives of our employees. The sales will be made by Fidelity Capital Markets, a division of National Financial Services, LLC, through a directed share program. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. Any participants in this program shall be prohibited from selling, pledging or assigning any shares sold to them pursuant to this program for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses in connection with the directed share program.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their

 

111


Table of Contents
 

option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Select Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

Listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “WGRD”.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus outside the United States, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory,

 

112


Table of Contents

investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for the issuer and its affiliates, for which they received or may in the future receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer or its affiliates. If the underwriters or their affiliates have a lending relationship with us, the underwriters or their affiliates may hedge, their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. Typically, the underwriters and their affiliates would hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the shares of common stock offered hereby. Any such credit default swaps or short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the shares of common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions Outside the United States

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell to, or a solicitation of an offer to buy from, anyone in any country or jurisdiction (i) in which such an offer or solicitation is not authorized, (ii) in which any person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or (iii) in which any such offer or solicitation would otherwise be unlawful. No action has been taken that would, or is intended to, permit a public offer of the shares of common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any other offering or publicity material relating to the shares of common stock in any country or jurisdiction (other than the United States) where any such action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, each underwriter has undertaken that it will not, directly or indirectly, offer or sell any shares of common stock or have in its possession, distribute or publish any prospectus, form of application, advertisement or other document or information in any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will, to the best of its knowledge and belief, result in compliance with any applicable laws and regulations and all offers and sales of shares of common stock by it will be made on the same terms.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated herein may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

   

to legal entities which are qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

by the underwriters to fewer than 100, or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of common stock shall result in a requirement for us, the selling stockholders or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

113


Table of Contents

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any common stock under, the offers contemplated here in this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each underwriter, the selling stockholders and us that:

 

   

it is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Directive; and

 

   

in the case of any common stock acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the common stock acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in the circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters has been given to the offer or resale or (ii) where common stock have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of such common stock to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

For the purposes of this representation and the provision above, the expression an “offer of common stock to the public” in relation to any common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the common stock, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

This prospectus has only been communicated or caused to have been communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated as an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act of 2000, or the FSMA) as received in connection with the issue or sale of the common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us. All applicable provisions of the FSMA will be complied with in respect to anything done in relation to the common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Residents of Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers in Canada purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

114


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares of common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (i) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under such ordinance or (ii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of such ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under such ordinance.

 

115


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Haynes and Boone, LLP, Dallas, Texas. White & Case LLP, New York, New York has acted as counsel for the underwriters in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.

EXPERTS

The audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and elsewhere in this registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, or Grant Thornton, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

CHANGE IN AUDITORS

On June 20, 2017, the Company’s board of directors engaged Grant Thornton as our independent registered public accounting firm for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016. As a result of the engagement of Grant Thornton, we dismissed PriceKubecka, PLLC, or PriceKubecka, as our independent auditor, which dismissal was approved by our board of directors. The Company’s board of directors approved the decision to change our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with preparations for this offering due to the fact that PriceKubecka was not registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

During the audit of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the subsequent interim period up to the date of PriceKubecka’s dismissal, there were no disagreements with PriceKubecka on any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which, if not resolved to PriceKubecka’s satisfaction, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report for such period and there were no “reportable events” as such term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K. The report of PriceKubecka on the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 did not contain any adverse opinions or disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the subsequent interim period through the date of PriceKubecka’s dismissal, neither the Company, nor any person on its behalf, consulted Grant Thornton with respect to either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed; or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and no written report or oral advice was provided to the Company by Grant Thornton that Grant Thornton concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement, as that term is described in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions to Item 304 of Regulation S-K, or a reportable event, as that term is described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

We requested PriceKubecka to provide us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not PriceKubecka agrees with the above disclosure. A copy of PriceKubecka’s letter, dated August 15, 2017, is attached as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration

 

116


Table of Contents

statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon closing of our initial public offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

 

117


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Income

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Members

Enforcement Video, LLC

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Enforcement Video, LLC and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, members’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Enforcement Video, LLC and subsidiary as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Dallas, Texas

August 2, 2017

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

     December 31,      September 30,      Pro forma
September 30,
 
     2015     2016      2017 (unaudited)      2017 (unaudited)  

Assets

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,934     $ 1,352      $ 2,547      $ 2,547  

Accounts receivable, net

     8,020       15,133        14,511        14,511  

Prepaid expenses

     304       682        2,196        2,196  

Other current assets

     —         —          185        185  

Inventories

     8,866       9,625        10,708        10,708  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     20,124       26,792        30,147        30,147  

Plant, property and equipment, net

     1,192       1,996        15,564        15,564  

Intangible assets, net

     646       696        804        804  

Deposits

     47       51        76        76  

Notes receivable from related parties, net

     300       —          —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 22,309     $ 29,535      $ 46,591      $ 46,591  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity

          

Current liabilities:

          

Accounts payable

   $ 2,077     $ 2,730      $ 3,299      $ 3,299  

Accrued liabilities

     2,640       4,548        10,517        10,517  

Deferred revenue

     3,733       5,467        6,697        6,697  

Line of credit

     —         —          9,500        9,500  

Notes payable

     1,663       —          —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     10,113       12,745        30,013        30,013  

Notes payable, non-current

     2,602       —          539        539  

Less unamortized discount and debt issuance cost

     (89     —          —          —    

Deferred revenue, non-current

     5,483       8,104        10,777        10,777  

Other accrued liabilities

     140       97        63        63  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     18,249       20,946        41,392        41,392  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

          

Members’ equity:

          

Common membership units, $0.00 par value (8,644,100, 9,604,556 and 9,604,556 units authorized, respectively, 8,044,100 units issued and outstanding)

          

Members’ equity

     4,060       8,589        5,199        —    

Stockholders’ equity:

          

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value (no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis)

     —         —          —          —    

Common stock, $0.001 par value (no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 90,000,000 shares authorized, 8,604,504 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis)

     —         —          —          9  

Additional paid-in capital

     —         —          —          5,190  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     4,060       8,589        5,199        5,199  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 22,309     $ 29,535      $ 46,591      $ 46,591  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2015     2016     2016 (unaudited)     2017 (unaudited)  

Net revenues

   $ 58,217     $ 77,056     $ 54,728     $ 70,802  

Cost of goods sold and services provided

     24,826       33,664       24,207       30,326  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     33,391       43,392       30,521       40,476  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     8,034       10,580       7,865       9,500  

Sales and marketing

     8,184       12,273       8,974       11,368  

General and administrative

     8,606       11,297       7,808       11,334  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     24,824       34,150       24,647       32,202  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     8,567       9,242       5,874       8,274  

Interest expense, net

     (280     (240     (143     (24
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 8,287     $ 9,002     $ 5,731     $ 8,250  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma Information (unaudited):

        

Net income before pro forma provision for income taxes:

     $ 9,002       $ 8,250  

Pro forma provision for income taxes

       2,554         2,373  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net income

     $ 6,448       $ 5,877  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share:

        

Basic

     $ 0.78       $ 0.71  

Diluted

     $ 0.73       $ 0.66  

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:

        

Basic

       8,271,766         8,271,766  

Diluted

       8,871,766         8,873,007  

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

     Number of
Common Units
     Total Members’
Equity (Deficit)
 

Balances at January 1, 2015

     7,994,100      $ (623

Issuance of common units

     50,000        39  

Distribution to members

     —          (3,643

Net income

     —          8,287  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2015

     8,044,100      $ 4,060  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Distribution to members

     —          (4,473

Net income

     —          9,002  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2016

     8,044,100      $ 8,589  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Distribution to members

     —          (11,640

Net income

     —          8,250  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at September 30, 2017 (unaudited)

     8,044,100      $ 5,199  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(IN THOUSANDS)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
         2015             2016         2016 (unaudited)     2017 (unaudited)  

Operating activities

        

Net income

   $ 8,287     $ 9,002     $ 5,731     $ 8,250  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities

        

Depreciation and amortization

     520       656       467       430  

Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment

     2       (1     —         (22

Bad debt expense

     49       156       106       68  

Provision for inventory obsolescence

     (105     189       469       338  

Abandonment of patents

     —         47       —         —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable

     (980     (7,370     (3,463     541  

Prepaid expenses

     (6     (382     (288     (1,539

Other current assets

     —         —         —         (185

Inventory

     (858     (948     (1,106     (1,421

Payables and accrued liabilities

     102       2,518       2,215       6,504  

Deferred revenue

     1,312       4,355       2,589       3,903  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     8,323       8,222       6,720       16,867  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

        

Additions to intangible assets

     (182     (157     (120     (149

Purchases of plant, property and equipment

     (411     (1,317     (973     (13,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (593     (1,474     (1,093     (14,084
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

        

Repayment of notes receivable from related parties

     —         300       300       —    

Payments on notes payable

     (2,663     (4,265     (1,746     —    

Borrowings on line of credit

     —         —         —         9,500  

Borrowings on construction loan

     —         —         —         539  

Common member interests issued to employees

     39       —         —         —    

Common member distributions

     (3,643     (4,473     (4,600     (11,640
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (6,267     (8,438     (6,046     (1,601
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effects of exchange rate changes

     43       108       51       13  

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     1,506       (1,582     (368     1,195  

Cash and cash equivalents

        

Beginning of period

     1,428       2,934       2,934       1,352  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 2,934     $ 1,352     $ 2,566     $ 2,547  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosure

        

Cash paid for interest

   $ 268     $ 167     $ 103     $ 24  

Cash paid for taxes

   $ 25     $ 33     $ 33     $ 76  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Enforcement Video, LLC (“Enforcement Video”) is the leading provider of mobile video solutions for law enforcement, supplying in-car and body-worn cameras along with evidence management software designed to meet the needs of law enforcement agencies of varying sizes and technological capabilities. These video systems and evidence management platforms are sold under the trade name WatchGuard Video to law enforcement agencies primarily in the United States and Canada. Enforcement Video is headquartered in Allen, Texas.

On May 23, 2016, WGV Associates LLC (“WGV”) was formed in the State of Texas as a limited liability company for the purpose of holding a profits interest in Enforcement Video. Enforcement Video is the managing member of WGV and the non-managing members have no control over the management of WGV and have no power to transact any business of Enforcement Video. Accounts of WGV have been consolidated in these financial statements.

On August 12, 2016, 420 E Exchange Parkway, LLC (“420 E Exchange”) was formed in the State of Texas as a limited liability company wholly owned by Enforcement Video with the purpose of holding the land, improvements and debt associated with the new corporate headquarters. Accounts of 420 E Exchange have been consolidated in these financial statements.

 

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the financial results of Enforcement Video, 420 E Exchange and WGV (collectively the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”). Intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires the use of estimates and assumptions by management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates in the preparation of our financial statements include those related to our allowance for doubtful accounts, accruals for warranty costs, self-insured health insurance costs, allowance for inventory obsolescence, the useful life for long lived and intangible assets and the fair values of our financial instruments. These estimates are based on historical experience where applicable and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under circumstances. As such, actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2017, the consolidated statements of income and consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 and 2017 and the consolidated statement of members’ equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments of a normal and recurring nature necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

Unaudited Pro Forma Income Taxes

These financial statements have been prepared in anticipation of a proposed initial public offering (the “Offering”). We are currently a Texas limited liability company. Prior to the closing of this offering, we will convert into a Delaware corporation, and thereafter will be treated as a taxable C corporation that is subject to federal and state income taxes. All of our outstanding equity interests will be converted into shares of common stock and we will change our name to WatchGuard, Inc. Accordingly, an unaudited pro forma income tax provision has been disclosed as if we were a taxable corporation. The effective tax rate includes a corporate level state income tax rate with consideration to apportioned income for each state of operation. The pro forma effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 28.4%.

The unaudited interim pro forma provision for income taxes is presented using an estimate of the effective tax rate expected to be applicable for the period presented, which is based on actual results for the interim period and our estimate of income before provision for income taxes for the entire year. The estimated annual effective tax rate is then applied to income before provision for income taxes for the interim period. The interim pro forma effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 (unaudited) was 28.8%.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income Per Share

We have presented pro forma income per share for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017. Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share was computed by dividing pro forma net income attributable to us by the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the corporate conversion described in the Registration Statement, as if such shares were issued and outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended September 30, 2017 (unaudited). The basic earnings per share calculation was based on 8,271,766 shares of unrestricted common stock for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017 (unaudited). The diluted earnings per share calculation for the year ended December 31, 2016 was based on 8,271,766 shares of unrestricted common stock plus 600,000 options that were fully vested but not yet exercised. The diluted earnings per share calculation for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 (unaudited) was based on 8,271,766 shares of unrestricted common stock plus 601,241 options that were fully vested but not yet exercised. The Company’s distributions will exceed the current year’s earnings. Accordingly, the per share data gives effect to the increase in the number of shares multiplied by the offering price, which is assumed to be sufficient to replace the capital in excess of earnings being drawn. The shares that are assumed issued were added to the historical shares outstanding in the denominator of the pro forma earnings per share calculation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We maintain cash and cash equivalents in bank deposit accounts and money market funds with high-quality financial institutions.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

consider the following factors when determining the collectability of specific customer accounts: customer credit-worthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic industry trends, and changes in customer payment terms. Past due balances over 90 days and other higher risk amounts are reviewed individually for collectability. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, adversely affecting their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required. We also calculate a percentage of total accounts receivable to be potentially uncollectible based on our estimates and assumptions each year.

Based on our assessment, we provide for estimated uncollectible amounts through a charge to general and administrative expense and a credit to a valuation allowance. Balances that remain outstanding after we have used reasonable collection efforts are written off through a charge to the valuation allowance and a credit to accounts receivable.

Changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts consisted of the following:

 

     2015      2016      September 30, 2017
(unaudited)
 

Balance at the beginning of the period

   $ 98      $ 147      $ 282  

Provision for doubtful accounts

     49        156        68  

Write-offs

     —          (21      (41
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

   $ 147      $ 282      $ 309  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories

Inventories consist of material, direct labor, and manufacturing labor and overhead and are stated at the lower of cost or fair market value and include provisions for obsolescence commensurate with known or estimated exposures to reduce their net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

Changes in the reserve for obsolescence consisted of the following:

 

     2015      2016      September 30, 2017
(unaudited)
 

Balance at the beginning of the period

   $ 730      $ 625      $ 814  

Provision for reserve for obsolescence

     644        632        695  

Reduction in inventory reserves for write-offs

     (749      (443      (357
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

   $ 625      $ 814      $ 1,152  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Plant, Property and Equipment

Plant, property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When property and equipment is retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the relevant period.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

Computer and related equipment

     5 years  

Furniture and fixtures

     5 years  

Manufacturing tools and equipment

     3 to 5 years  

Automobiles and trucks

     5 years  

Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the related lease terms. Costs incurred during building construction are recorded as construction in progress and are not depreciated until the asset is placed into service. Product tooling in progress is stated at cost, which includes the cost of the tooling and other direct costs attributable to the tooling. No provision for depreciation is made on product tooling in progress until such time as the relevant tools are completed and put into service.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of patents pending, patents issued, and software. All intangible assets are initially measured based on their fair value. Patents pending are not amortized, but the costs accumulate until the patent has been approved, at which time we will amortize the full cost related to each specific patent over its expected life. Patents issued are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. If a patent is abandoned or the issuance of the final patent is denied, then the amount deferred will be immediately charged to expense.

The Company expenses software development costs, including costs to develop software products or the software component of products to be marketed to external users, before technological feasibility of such products is reached. The Company has determined that technological feasibility is reached shortly before the release of those products and as a result, the development costs incurred after the establishment of technological feasibility and before the release of those products are not material.

Software development costs also include costs to develop software programs to be used solely to meet the Company’s internal needs. We capitalize development costs related to these software applications once the preliminary project stage is complete and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the intended function. Additionally, we capitalize qualifying costs incurred for upgrades and enhancements to existing software that result in additional functionality. Costs related to preliminary project planning activities, post-implementation activities, maintenance and minor modifications are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life.

We evaluate the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and test for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. We have determined there was no impairment of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2016 or the nine months ended September 30, 2016 or 2017.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

asset group to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset or asset group exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset or asset group. We have determined there was no impairment of long-lived assets for the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2016 or the nine months ended September 30, 2016 or 2017.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs are amortized into interest expense over the scheduled maturity of the debt using the effective interest method. When a loan is paid in full, any unamortized fees are removed from the related accounts and charged to interest expense.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company uses the fair value framework that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques for financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis and for non-financial assets and liabilities when these items are re-measured. Fair value is considered to be the exchange price in an orderly transaction between market participants, to sell an asset or transfer a liability at the measurement date. The hierarchy below lists three levels of fair value based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. The Company categorizes each of its fair value measurements in one of these three levels based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are:

Level 1 – Valuation techniques in which all significant inputs are unadjusted quoted prices from active markets for assets or liabilities that are identical to the assets or liabilities being measured.

Level 2 – Valuation techniques in which significant inputs include quoted prices from active markets for assets or liabilities that are similar to the assets or liabilities being measured and/or quoted prices for assets or liabilities that are identical or similar to the assets or liabilities being measured from markets that are not active. Also, model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets are Level 2 valuation techniques.

Level 3 – Valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable. Unobservable inputs are valuation technique inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions about inputs that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

Our financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables, a line of credit, long-term notes payable (including current maturities) and derivative liabilities. We consider the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and trade payables to be representative of their respective fair values because of their short-term maturities or expected settlement dates. The fair value of our line of credit and notes payable also approximates fair value since these instruments bear interest at market rates. None of these instruments are held for trading purposes.

Specific inputs used to value the Company’s interest rate swap liabilities included quoted three-month LIBOR rates for the remaining life of the interest rate swaps. There were no changes in the methods and assumptions used in measuring fair value during the period.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Every derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) is recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. Changes in the derivative’s fair value are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, changes in fair value are recognized in comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The Company estimates fair value utilizing the cash flows valuation technique. The fair values of derivative contracts that expire in less than one year are recognized as current assets or liabilities. Those that expire in more than one year are recognized as long-term assets or liabilities.

Standard Warranties

We provide product warranties for specific products and accrue for estimated future warranty costs in the period in which the revenue is recognized. Provision for estimated warranty costs is charged to cost of goods sold and services provided when revenue is recorded for the related product made in the period in which such costs become probable and is periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. We warrant our products against defects in design, materials, and workmanship generally for one year. A provision for estimated future costs related to warranty expense is recorded when products are shipped. Our warranty accruals are based on our best estimates of product failure rates and unit costs to repair. Accrued warranty costs are included in accrued liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Changes in the estimated product warranty liabilities were as follows:

 

     2015     2016     September 30, 2017
(unaudited)
 

Balance at the beginning of the period

   $ 288     $ 280     $ 609  

Provision for warranty costs charged to expense

     390       1,128       885  

Warranty claims settled

     (398     (799     (873
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

   $ 280     $ 609     $ 621  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue Recognition

We sell our products and services to law enforcement and commercial customers. Sales to customers are made through our sales force, comprised of employees and independent contractors, either directly to the end customer (typically a law enforcement agency or a commercial customer) or through a reseller. Revenue includes the sale of physical products, corresponding extended warranties and other related accessories. Revenue also includes subscriptions to our software and software maintenance contracts, which gives the customer the right to future enhancements. We also recognize product repair revenue and other professional service revenue.

Revenue from the sale of products is recorded when the product is shipped, title and risk of loss have transferred to the purchaser, payment terms are fixed or determinable and payment is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized upon shipment of the product and acceptance of the service by the end customer. Product revenue is recorded when the product is shipped to the end customer. Sales taxes collected on products sold are excluded from revenues and are reported as an accrued expense in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets until payments are remitted.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

Revenue for extended warranty and other software maintenance contracts is treated as deferred revenue and recognized over the term of the contracted warranty or service period on a straight-line method.

When free products are offered as part of multiple deliverable transactions, total consideration is separated and allocated between the elements.

Multiple element arrangements consisting of product, software, software maintenance and extended warranties are offered to our customers. Revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are divided into separate units and revenue is allocated using the relative selling price method based upon vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price or third-party evidence of the selling prices if vendor-specific objective evidence of selling prices does not exist. If neither vendor-specific objective evidence nor third-party evidence exists, management uses its best estimate of selling price. The majority of the Company’s allocations of arrangement consideration under multiple element arrangements are performed using vendor-specific objective evidence by utilizing prices charged to customers for deliverables when sold separately.

Cost of Goods Sold and Services Provided

Cost of goods sold consists of material, direct labor and overhead costs related to the manufacturing of our products. Shipping costs incurred related to product delivery are also included in cost of goods sold. Cost of services provided includes primarily repair work, software maintenance and support costs.

Research and Development Expenses

Expenditures for research activities relating to product development and improvement are charged to operating expenses as incurred. Research and development expenses include compensation and other related costs for research and development personnel as well as engineering costs for product prototypes. Total research and development costs for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (unaudited) and 2017 (unaudited) were $8,034, $10,580, $7,865 and $9,500, respectively.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs in the period in which they are incurred. Advertising costs are included in sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. Total advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (unaudited) and 2017 (unaudited) were $1,129, $1,299, $882 and $1,127, respectively.

Foreign Currency

Our functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense accounts are translated at the average monthly exchange rates during the year. At times, we receive payment in a currency that is not our functional currency. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in current results of operations.

Income Taxes

We operate as a limited liability company (“LLC”). An LLC combines a corporation’s protection from personal liability for business debts along with the pass-through tax structure of a partnership or sole proprietorship.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

Business income passes through the business to the LLC members, who report their share of profits or losses on their individual income tax returns. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes is reflected in our consolidated financial statements. However, for the purposes of this offering, we have provided a pro forma income tax expense and net income after taxes, reflected in our consolidated statements of income.

Segment Information

We operate in a single operating segment and a single reporting segment. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. Our chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses performance based upon financial information at the consolidated level. Since we operate in one operating segment, all required financial segment information is presented in the consolidated financial statements.

Contingencies

Certain conditions may exist as of the date the financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to us but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. Along with our legal counsel, we assess such contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against us or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, our legal counsel evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein.

If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability would be accrued in our financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a potentially material loss contingency is not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss if determinable and material, would be disclosed.

Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless they involve guarantees, in which case the nature of the guarantee would be disclosed.

Comprehensive Income

We account for comprehensive income in accordance with ASC 220, Comprehensive Income, which requires comprehensive income and its components to be separately reported. Comprehensive income includes net income plus other comprehensive income (e.g., certain revenues, expenses, gains and losses reported as a separate component of member’ equity rather than in net income). To date, there have been no transactions that would cause material comprehensive income and therefore no presentation of comprehensive income is presented.

Immaterial Error Correction

The Company identified that certain amounts related to the extended warranty revenue recognition and standard warranty cost recognition were improperly recorded in the previously issued consolidated financial statements. The Company, at times, provides free extended warranty to its customers. In these instances, the Company did

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

not properly allocate the relative fair value of the extended warranty and recognize the revenue over the period of the performance obligation. In addition, the Company improperly included estimated costs of the extended warranty contracts in the provision for the standard warranty costs. The Company made corrections to decrease the members equity in the amount of $1,300 and a decrease to accrued liabilities in the amount of $300 with an offsetting increase in the deferred revenue in the amount of $1,600 as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company also made corrections to decrease deferred revenue and increase accrued liabilities in the amount of $80 as of December 31, 2016 to correct the previously reported amounts. These corrections did not have any effect on operating income, net income or cash flows.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU 2014-09 requires entities to recognize revenue through the application of a five-step model, which includes identification of the contract, identification of the performance obligations, determination of the transaction price, allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations and recognition of revenue as the entity satisfies the performance obligations. Subsequently, the FASB issued the following accounting standard updates related to Topic 606, Revenue Contracts with Customers:

 

   

ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) in March 2016. ASU 2016-08 does not change the core principle of revenue recognition in Topic 606 but clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations.

 

   

ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing in April 2016. ASU 2016-10 does not change the core principle of revenue recognition in Topic 606 but clarifies the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and the licensing

 

   

ASUs No. 2016-12 and 2016-20, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. These ASUs do not change the core principle of revenue recognition in Topic 606 but clarifies the implementation guidance on a few narrow areas and adds some practical expedients to the guidance.

The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within that reporting period beginning after December 31, 2019. We are evaluating what impact, if any, the adoption of this ASU will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued guidance to reduce diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new amendment is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those periods, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this standard will have on our statement of cash flows.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes: (Topic 740).” This update aligns the presentation of deferred income tax assets and liabilities with International Financial Reporting Standards, which requires deferred tax assets and liabilities to be classified as noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. The current

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets be offset and presented as a single amount is not affected by the amendments in this update. The amendments in this update may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. We are evaluating what impact, if any, the adoption of this ASU will have on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or financial disclosures upon conversion to a C-corporation.

In February 2016, the FASB issued an amendment related to leases. The new guidance requires the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities by lessees for all leases greater than one year in duration and classified as operating leases under previous guidance. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those periods, with early adoption permitted. This new guidance must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition and requires application of the new guidance at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and September 30, 2017, the Company’s undiscounted minimum contractual commitments under long-term operating leases, which were not recorded on the consolidated balance sheets, were $1.6 million, $1.1 million and $791,000, respectively, which is an estimate of the effect to total assets and total liabilities that the new accounting standard would have as of those dates. We are currently evaluating the impact that this standard will have on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

In July 2015, the FASB issued guidance requiring inventory to be measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value, which is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. This guidance is effective prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2017 and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

4. CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

We maintain our cash in bank deposit accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. Accounts are guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to certain limits. We have not experienced, nor do we anticipate any losses in such accounts.

At December 31, 2015, one vendor accounted for approximately 40.29% of total purchases and 35.20% of total accounts payable.

At December 31, 2016, one vendor accounted for approximately 43.00% of total purchases and 22.21% of total accounts payable.

At September 30, 2017 (unaudited), one vendor accounted for approximately 42.65% of total purchases.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

5. INVENTORIES

Inventories consisted of the following:

 

     2015      2016      September 30, 2017
(unaudited)
 

Raw materials

   $ 5,872      $ 6,716      $ 6,083  

Work-in-process

     1        2        763  

Finished goods

     2,993        2,907        3,862  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 8,866      $ 9,625      $ 10,708  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6. PLANT, PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Plant, property and equipment and accumulated depreciation consisted of the following:

 

     2015     2016     September 30, 2017
(unaudited)
 

Land

   $ —       $ —       $ 4,506  

Computer and related equipment

     1,122       1,327       1,556  

Furniture and fixtures

     406       474       474  

Manufacturing tools and equipment

     1,582       1,599       1,601  

Automobiles and trucks

     347       703       734  

Leasehold improvements

     211       230       230  

Construction and tooling in progress

     21       670       9,721  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total plant, property and equipment

     3,689       5,003       18,822  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (2,497     (3,007     (3,258
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plant, property and equipment, net

   $ 1,192     $ 1,996     $ 15,564  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $445, $514, $356 and $389 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (unaudited) and 2017 (unaudited), respectively, and is included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of income.

 

7. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets and accumulated amortization consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2015  
     Weighted  Avg.
Remaining

Useful Life
(Years)
     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  

Intangibles:

          

Software

     3.3      $ 707      $ (574   $ 133  

Patents issued

     7.5        293        (53     240  

Patents pending

     —          273        —         273  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,273      $ (627   $ 646  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

     December 31, 2016  
     Weighted  Avg.
Remaining

Useful Life
(Years)
     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  

Intangibles:

          

Software

     3.0      $ 754      $ (614   $ 140  

Patents issued

     6.7        321        (67     254  

Patents pending

     —          302        —         302  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,377      $ (681   $ 696  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     September 30, 2017 (unaudited)  
     Weighted Avg.
Remaining
Useful Life
(Years)
     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  

Intangibles:

          

Software

     2.4      $ 797      $ (654   $ 143  

Patents issued

     7.1        441        (67     374  

Patents pending

     —          287        —         287  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,525      $ (721   $ 804  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted average remaining useful life of the intangible assets was 5.1 and 5.3 years as of December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2017 (unaudited), respectively. Amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (unaudited) and 2017 (unaudited) totaled $46, $51, $22 and $41, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense for our existing intangible assets for the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

 

Year

   Amortization  

2017

   $ 77  

2018

     83  

2019

     87  

2020

     76  

2021

     67  

Thereafter

     306  
  

 

 

 
   $ 696  
  

 

 

 

 

8. LINE OF CREDIT

As of January 1, 2015, we had available a revolving line of credit with a bank for the lesser of (a) $6,500 or (b) the sum of 80% of eligible domestic trade accounts receivable and 50% of eligible inventory, as defined. In December 2016, we amended the revolving line of credit arrangement to increase the line of credit amount available to $13,500, maturing on December 29, 2019. On each of December 29, 2017 and 2018, the maximum

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

borrowing amount under the line of credit will be permanently reduced by $1,150. Under the amended terms, the revolving line of credit may be borrowed as “base rate” or “LIBOR” portions, each of which have variable interest rates based on those underlying rates. All borrowings are collateralized by our assets, a keyman life insurance policy, and 91.10% of our common membership interests. Borrowings under the line of credit and notes payable with the bank are subject to certain financial covenants and restrictions on indebtedness and other related items. We were in compliance with the financial covenants as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and September 30, 2017.

On July 31, 2017, the bank released 40.02% of the common membership interests pledged as collateral in relation to the revolving line of credit.

On September 25, 2017, we amended our revolving line of credit with a bank to allow for the corporate conversion, additional equity issuances and consent to the offering. We also removed the remaining collateralization of our common membership interests (51.08%) and redefined the Availability Leverage Ratio (as defined therein) not to exceed 1.0 to 1.0.

Our outstanding line of credit balance consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,  2017
(unaudited)
 
         2015              2016         

Prime plus 0.75% or 4.00% as of December 31, 2015

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

LIBOR plus 2.75% or 3.52% as of December 31, 2016

     —          —          —    

One-month LIBOR tranche at 3.99%

     —          —          1,000  

One-month LIBOR tranche at 3.99%

     —          —          4,000  

One-month LIBOR tranche at 3.98%

     —          —          2,000  

Prime plus 2.75% or 4.25%

     —          —          2,500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total line of credit

   $ —        $ —        $ 9,500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

9. NOTES PAYABLE

Our notes payable consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,  2017
(unaudited)
 
     2015     2016     

Construction note payable to bank at LIBOR rate plus 2.75%, or 3.99%.

   $ —       $ —        $ 539  

Note payable to bank in monthly principal installments of $139 plus interest at the bank’s Prime Rate plus 1.00% or 4.50% at December 31, 2015, maturing February, 2019, secured by the assets and 91.10% of the common membership interest of the Company

     4,265       —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total note payable (including current portion)

     4,265       —          539  

Less: current portion

     (1,663     —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total note payable, non-current

   $ 2,602     $ —        $ 539  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

On June 30, 2017, 420 E Exchange entered into a $24.8 million construction loan with a bank to complete the construction of a new corporate headquarters. This loan amends and restates a $26.0 million promissory note dated January 27, 2017 in favor of the same bank. The interest rate on this loan is, with respect to the “base rate” loans, a base rate determined pursuant to a formula set forth in the loan agreement and with respect to “LIBOR” rate loans, LIBOR plus 2.75%. On or before October 17, 2018, the construction loan will be converted into a 20-year amortization note payable with a maturity date of June 30, 2027. The committed amount of the note is the lesser of $24,800 or 80% of the total construction costs set forth in the construction budget or 80% of the “as complete” fair market value of the property.

 

10. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENT

On January 31, 2017, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a bank in which we will make monthly fixed rate payments at 5.445% on a notional amount of $26,500, beginning September 1, 2018.

 

11. DEFERRED REVENUE

Deferred revenue consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2015             December 31, 2016  
     Current      Long-Term      Total             Current      Long-Term      Total  

Hardware warranties

   $ 2,643      $ 4,622      $ 7,265         $ 3,786      $ 5,818      $ 9,604  

Software

     1,090        861        1,951           1,681        2,286        3,967  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,733      $ 5,483      $ 9,216         $ 5,467      $ 8,104      $ 13,571  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     September 30, 2017 (unaudited)                
     Current      Long-Term      Total                              

Hardware warranties

   $ 4,387      $ 7,840      $ 12,227              

Software

     2,310        2,937        5,247              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

             

Total

   $ 6,697      $ 10,777      $ 17,474              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

             

 

12. ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     2015      2016      September 30, 2017
(unaudited)
 

Accrued salaries benefits and bonus

   $ 2,136      $ 3,290      $ 3,770  

Accrued construction costs

     —          —          4,558  

Accrued warranty expenses

     280        609        621  

Accrued installation expenses

     122        322        338  

Accrued offering expenses

     —          —          185  

Accrued unit holder distributions

     —          —          300  

Accrued professional and consulting expenses

     28        80        242  

Accrued income and other taxes

     46        58        371  

Accrued other expenses

     28        189        132  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 2,640      $ 4,548      $ 10,517  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

13. DEFINED CONTRIBUTION RETIREMENT PLAN

We have a defined contribution 401(k) retirement plan (the “Plan”) covering all eligible employees. Employees may contribute a percentage of their annual compensation to the Plan, limited to a maximum annual amount as set periodically by the Internal Revenue Service. We provide for discretionary matches to employee contributions. Matching contributions vest in accordance to years of service and are 100% vested after three years of service. Employees are 100% vested in amounts attributable to salary deferrals and rollover contributions.

Our matching contributions and administrative expenses related to the Plan totaled $109, $147, $111 and $350 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (unaudited) and 2017 (unaudited), respectively.

 

14. MEMBERS’ EQUITY AND INCENTIVE COMPENSATION

Common Membership Interests

From time to time we issue options to purchase common membership interests. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and September 30, 2017 (unaudited), there were 600,000 options fully vested but not exercised. These options expire in 2018. There were no issuances, exercises, or forfeitures of options during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and nine months ended September 30, 2017, other than as noted under the heading “Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan” below. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and September 30, 2017 (unaudited), the weighted average exercise price of the option to purchase 600,000 common membership units described above was $1.91, $2.03 and $2.12, and the weighted average remaining contractual life of this option was 2.51, 1.51 and 0.76 years, respectively.

Total authorized common membership interest units as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 was 8,644,100 and 9,604,556, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, we issued 50,000 and 0 common units, respectively. There were no common units issued during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 (unaudited).

The number of common membership interest units issued and outstanding by class consisted of the following:

 

     2015      2016      September 30, 2017
(unaudited)
 

Outstanding units, beginning of the period

     7,994,100        8,044,100        8,044,100  

Common membership interest units issued

     50,000        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the period

     8,044,100        8,044,100        8,044,100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Employee Profits Interests

The Amended and Restated Company Agreement of Enforcement Video, LLC was amended April 28, 2016 to add an employee profits interest, another class of membership interest which is solely an interest in future profits, income, and gains of the Company that may be realized upon a change in control. The employee profits interest is non-voting and has no liquidation value, capital contribution, percentage interest or capital account balance associated therewith. WGV was admitted to us as the sole holder of the employee profits interest, which amounted to 9.16% as of December 31, 2016.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan

Our Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), which was approved by the common members on April 28, 2016, permits the issuance to employees of options to purchase up to 960,456 common membership interest units, in the aggregate. We believe that such awards better align the interests of our employees with those of our unit holders. All option award provisions, terms, and conditions are at the full discretion of the Board of Managers, but may not be granted with an exercise price less than the fair market value of the underlying units at the date of grant. Option awards generally vest based on five years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual terms. Certain option awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control, as defined in the Incentive Plan.

We recognize the goods acquired or services received in a share-based payment transaction when we obtain the goods or as services are received, with a corresponding increase in equity. A share-based payment transaction to an employee is measured based upon the fair value of the common membership unit issued on the grant date. The fair value of each option award to an employee is estimated using an option-pricing model that takes into account, at a minimum, the following six variables:

 

  1. The exercise price of the option;

 

  2. The expected term of the option, taking into account both the contractual term of the option and the effects of employees’ expected exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior;

 

  3. The current price of the underlying unit;

 

  4. The expected volatility of the price of the underlying unit for the expected term of the option;

 

  5. The expected dividends on the underlying unit for the expected term of the option; and

 

  6. The risk-free interest rate(s) for the expected term of the option.

If we are unable to estimate the expected volatility of the price of our underlying unit, we will measure the award based on publicly available industry peers, which substitutes the volatility of an appropriate index for the volatility of our own unit price.

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options are credited to common stock at par value, and the excess is credited to additional paid-in capital. The expected life of an option represents the weighted average period of time that an option grant is expected to be outstanding, giving consideration to its vesting schedule and historical exercise patterns. No options were issued under the Incentive Plan for the year ended December 31, 2016. Through the nine months ended September 30, 2017, 30,000 options have been issued under the Incentive Plan. As of September 30, 2017 (unaudited), the weighted average exercise price of common membership interest options was $10.00 and the weighted average remaining contractual life was 9.59 years.

There was no compensation expense related to stock options recorded for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (unaudited) and the impact to compensation expense was immaterial for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 (unaudited).

 

15. EMPLOYEE WELFARE BENEFIT PLAN

On January 1, 2014, we established the WatchGuard Video Group Health Plan, a program that provides health and welfare benefits for all employees. We are primarily self-insured, up to certain limits. The total cost of claims incurred and administrative expenses related to the plan are charged to operating expenses. An estimate of claims incurred, not yet reported, is accrued for in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

sheets. This accrual is based on our estimates of the aggregate liability for claims incurred using certain actuarial assumptions followed in the insurance industry. At December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 (unaudited), the accrued liability for unpaid claims was $167, $327 and $241, respectively. The determination of such claims and expenses and the appropriateness of the related liability is continually reviewed and updated.

 

16. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Effective June 1, 2012, we entered into a secured note receivable agreement with a member in the amount of $300 at an interest rate of 1.30% accruing annually with interest only payments due each year on the first of June until maturity. The note was collateralized by 500,000 common membership interest units owned by the member and was paid in full as of December 31, 2016.

On June 30, 2017, Enforcement Video entered into a 10-year building lease with 420 E Exchange with monthly lease payments fixed at $180. The lease commences by the fortieth (40th) day after the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the new corporate headquarters.

 

17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

We are involved in various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. Although we cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings, legal matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and there exists the possibility that the ultimate resolution of these matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Operating Leases

We lease our office facilities under long-term, non-cancelable operating lease agreements expiring through January 2019. The agreements generally require that we pay executory costs (real estate taxes, insurance, and repairs).

The operating lease agreements contain provisions for future rent increases, rent free periods, or periods in which rent payments are reduced (abated). The total amount of rental payments due over the lease terms is being charged to rent expense on the straight-line method over the term of the leases and we record the difference between the recognized rent expense and the amount payable under the lease as a liability, which is included in other accrued liabilities in the consolidated accompanying balance sheets.

Future annual minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more at December 31, 2016 are as follows:

 

                                    Year    Operating  

                             2017

   $ 532  

                             2018

     503  

                             2019

     93  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 1,128  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2016 (unaudited) and 2017 (unaudited) was $661, $683, $507 and $595, respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT VIDEO, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016 AND

THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2016 AND 2017 (UNAUDITED)

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT AND PER UNIT AMOUNTS)

 

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events through March 9, 2017, the date the consolidated financial statements were originally available to be issued. In connection with this Registration Statement, and the revision described in Note 3, the Company evaluated all subsequent events for potential recognition and disclosure through August 2, 2017, the date these revised financial statements were available to be issued.

 

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (unaudited)

For the interim unaudited consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2017 and for the nine months then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through October 19, 2017, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. There were no events requiring disclosure other than as noted below.

On October 1, 2017, we converted into a Delaware corporation and all of our outstanding equity interests were converted into shares of common stock. We also changed our name to WatchGuard, Inc.

On October 12, 2017, the fully vested but unexercised option to purchase 600,000 shares was forfeited by the holder.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Shares

 

LOGO

WatchGuard, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

Prospectus

                    , 2017

 

 

Barclays

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey

 

 

Oppenheimer & Co.

Cowen

 

 

Until                    , 2017 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our shares of common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses payable by the registrant expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the common stock being registered hereby (other than underwriting discounts and commissions). All of such expenses are estimates, except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the listing fee.

 

     Amount to
be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ *  

FINRA filing fee

     *  

Listing fee

     *  

Printing fees and expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Miscellaneous

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *  
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment.

Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, is an estimate.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Effective as of October 1, 2017, we converted from a Texas limited liability company into a Delaware corporation and changed our name to WatchGuard, Inc. In connection with this conversion, we adopted a certificate of incorporation and bylaws and are now governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL. Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the registrant, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other enterprise. The DGCL provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws provide for the limitation of liability and indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, which will be in addition to our indemnification obligations under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against expenses and liabilities that may arise by reason of their status as directors or executive officers, as applicable, subject to certain exceptions. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance any expenses incurred by our directors and executive officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified and to obtain and maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance.

We maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (b) to our company with respect to payments which may be made by us to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

The proposed form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Effective October 1, 2017, we converted from a Texas limited liability company into a Delaware corporation. In connection with the conversion, all of our outstanding equity interests were converted into shares of common stock. The issuance of shares of common stock to our members in the conversion was exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions did not involve a public offering. No underwriters were involved in the issuance. During the past three years, we issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

 

   

In July 2014, we issued 50,000 common membership units to Stephen O. Coffman.

 

   

In July 2015, we issued 50,000 common membership units to Stephen O. Coffman.

 

   

In June 2017, we issued an option to purchase 30,000 common membership units to an employee.

The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Acts as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

    1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
    3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of WatchGuard, Inc.
    3.1.1    Certificate of Correction to Certificate of Incorporation of WatchGuard, Inc.
    3.2    Bylaws of WatchGuard, Inc.
    4.1*    Form of Common Stock Certificate.
    4.2    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2017, by and between WatchGuard, Inc. and Robert Vanman.
    5.1    Form of Opinion of Haynes and Boone, LLP.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  10.1†    Form of Indemnification Agreement between WatchGuard, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.
  10.2†    WatchGuard, Inc. 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
  10.3†    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Replacement Award).
  10.4†    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.
  10.5†    Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2017, by and between WatchGuard, Inc. and Robert Vanman.
  10.6†    Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2017, by and between WatchGuard, Inc. and Stephen Coffman.
  10.7†    Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2017, by and between WatchGuard, Inc. and David Russell Walker.
  10.8†    Enforcement Video, LLC EBITDA Bonus Plan.
  10.9†    Enforcement Video, LLC Senior Management Performance Bonus Plan.
  10.10    Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2017, by and among Enforcement Video, LLC, Texas Capital Bank, National Association, and the lenders party thereto.
  10.11    Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated as of September 25, 2017, by and between Enforcement Video, LLC and Origin Bank.
  10.12    Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated as of September 25, 2017, by and between Enforcement Video, LLC and Texas Capital Bank, National Association.
  10.13    Restated Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of December  29, 2016, by and between Enforcement Video, LLC and Texas Capital Bank, National Association.
  10.14    Restated Security Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2016, by and between Enforcement Video, LLC and Texas Capital Bank, National Association.
  10.15    Credit Agreement, dated as of June  30, 2017, by and among 420 E Exchange Parkway, LLC, Texas Capital Bank, National Association, and the lenders party thereto.
  10.16    Note, dated as of June 30, 2017, by and between 420 E Exchange Parkway, LLC and Origin Bank.
  10.17    Note, dated as of June 30, 2017, by and between 420 E Exchange Parkway, LLC and Texas Capital Bank, National Association.
  10.18    Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2017, by Enforcement Video, LLC for the benefit of Texas Capital Bank, National Association.
  10.19    Master Manufacturing Services Agreement, effective as of October 1, 2017, by and between WatchGuard, Inc. and Variosystems, Inc.
  16.1    Letter from PriceKubecka, PLLC, independent registered public accounting firm.
  21.1    List of subsidiaries.
  23.1    Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.
  23.2*    Consent of Haynes and Boone, LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1    Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this registration statement).

 

Management contract or compensatory plan or agreement.
* To be filed by amendment.

 

  (b) All schedules have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is otherwise set forth in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this Registration Statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Allen, Texas on this day of October 19, 2017.

 

WATCHGUARD, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Robert Vanman

 

Name: Robert Vanman

Title: Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Robert Vanman and Stephen O. Coffman, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power to act separately and full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or his or her or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on October 19, 2017 in the capacities indicated:

 

Signatures

  

Title

/s/ Robert Vanman

Robert Vanman

  

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ David R. Walker

David R. Walker

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Stephen O. Coffman

Stephen O. Coffman

  

President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

/s/ David O. Brown

David O. Brown

  

Director

/s/ Gary D. Embretson

Gary D. Embretson

  

Director

/s/ Renée J. Hornbaker

Renée J. Hornbaker

  

Director

/s/ Russell T. Sach

Russell T. Sach

  

Director

/s/ R. Keith Walters

R. Keith Walters

  

Director